WO2023216163A1 - Semiconductor device, integrated circuit and electronic device - Google Patents

Semiconductor device, integrated circuit and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023216163A1
WO2023216163A1 PCT/CN2022/092313 CN2022092313W WO2023216163A1 WO 2023216163 A1 WO2023216163 A1 WO 2023216163A1 CN 2022092313 W CN2022092313 W CN 2022092313W WO 2023216163 A1 WO2023216163 A1 WO 2023216163A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
doped region
electrode
dielectric material
field plate
semiconductor device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/092313
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张全良
姚昌荣
吴亮
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2022/092313 priority Critical patent/WO2023216163A1/en
Publication of WO2023216163A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023216163A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L29/00Semiconductor devices adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching, or capacitors or resistors with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof  ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
    • H01L29/02Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
    • H01L29/06Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor characterised by their shape; characterised by the shapes, relative sizes, or dispositions of the semiconductor regions ; characterised by the concentration or distribution of impurities within semiconductor regions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L29/00Semiconductor devices adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching, or capacitors or resistors with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof  ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
    • H01L29/40Electrodes ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of semiconductor technology, and in particular to a semiconductor device, integrated circuit and electronic equipment.
  • LDMOS lateral double-diffused metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor
  • LDMOS has the advantages of easy driving and high frequency.
  • the most important properties of LDMOS are breakdown voltage (breakdown voltage, BV) and specific on-state resistance (Ron, sp).
  • BV breakdown voltage
  • Ron specific on-state resistance
  • the silicon limit defines that the breakdown voltage BV is proportional to the specific on-resistance. Therefore, obtaining a semiconductor device with both high breakdown voltage BV and low specific on-resistance Ron,sp is an urgent problem that needs to be solved.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a semiconductor device, an integrated circuit, and an electronic device.
  • the semiconductor device has both high breakdown voltage BV and low specific on-resistance Ron,sp.
  • a semiconductor device including: a substrate; an active layer provided on the substrate; the active layer includes a first doped region and a second doped region in contact with the first doped region, The doping types of the first doped region and the second doped region are different; at least two dielectric material layers provided on the active layer; and at least two field plates provided in the dielectric material layer, the field plates passing through One or more dielectric material layers, and the projection of the field plate on the active layer overlaps with the second doped region, and one end of the field plate close to the active layer is insulated from the active layer.
  • the second doped region when the second doped region is connected to a high voltage, if there is no field plate, then the high voltage connected to the second doped region will be at the contact between the first doped region and the second doped region.
  • the concentrated electric field intensity may cause breakdown of the contact surface between the first doped region and the second doped region.
  • the projection of the field plate on the active layer when the second doped region is connected to the same high voltage, the projection of the field plate on the active layer will form a first electric field intensity on the side away from the first doped region.
  • the projection on the layer will form a second electric field intensity on the side close to the first doped region, and the first electric field intensity is greater than the second electric field intensity. Then the current contact surface between the first doped region and the second doped region is concentrated.
  • the intensity of the electric field received is weakened, that is to say, the field plate weakens the intensity of the electric field concentrated on the contact surface between the first doped region and the second doped region, thereby causing the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device to become higher.
  • the field plate is insulated from the active layer, so when the semiconductor device is turned on, that is, when the first doped region and the second doped region are turned on, the field plate will not affect the transmission of carriers in the active layer. It will affect the specific on-resistance Ron,sp of the semiconductor device, so as to obtain a semiconductor device with high breakdown voltage BV and low specific on-resistance Ron,sp.
  • the at least two dielectric material layers include a first dielectric material layer and a second dielectric material layer; the first dielectric material layer is disposed on a side of the active layer away from the substrate; the second dielectric material layer The layer is disposed on the side of the first dielectric material layer away from the substrate; the at least two field plates include a first field plate and a second field plate; the first field plate penetrates the first dielectric material layer, and the first field plate and A first electrode is disposed between the second dielectric material layers; a second field plate penetrates the first dielectric material layer and the second dielectric material layer; and a second electrode is disposed on a surface of the second field plate away from the active layer.
  • the production method of two dielectric material layers and two field plates is specifically shown, and electrodes are provided on both field plates, because when the field plates do not have a determined voltage value, the field plates It will be in a floating state, which will make the stability of the semiconductor device worse. Therefore, if necessary, the field plate can be given a certain voltage value by connecting the electrodes provided on the field plate to a predetermined voltage.
  • a third electrode is further provided between the first dielectric material layer and the second dielectric material layer, and the first electrode and the third electrode are located on both sides of the second field plate.
  • the first electrode and the third electrode are located on both sides of the second field plate, so when making the second field plate, the specific position of the second field plate can be determined by the first electrode and the third electrode.
  • the first field plate is in contact with the second field plate or not.
  • the same voltage value can be applied to the first field plate and the second field plate when the first field plate and the second field plate are in contact.
  • the same voltage value can be applied to the first field plate and the second field plate.
  • the same or different voltage values may be applied to the first field plate and the second field plate.
  • it also includes: a gate electrode disposed on the active layer, the gate electrode being insulated from the active layer; the gate electrode covering the contact surface between the first doped region and the second doped region; on the first dielectric material layer A first via hole is provided, a fourth electrode is provided between the first dielectric material layer and the second dielectric material layer, and the fourth electrode is connected to the gate electrode through the first via hole.
  • a second via hole is provided on the second dielectric material layer
  • a fifth electrode is provided on a surface of the second dielectric material layer away from the first dielectric material layer
  • the fourth electrode is connected to the second dielectric material layer through the second via hole.
  • the fifth electrode is connected.
  • the fourth electrode is electrically connected to the first electrode.
  • the fourth electrode since the fourth electrode is connected to the gate through the first via hole and the first electrode is disposed on the first field plate, when the fourth electrode is electrically connected to the first electrode, it means that the fourth electrode is electrically connected to the first electrode.
  • the field plate is connected to the gate to adjust the breakdown voltage of the semiconductor device.
  • the fifth electrode is electrically connected to the second electrode.
  • the fourth electrode since the fourth electrode is connected to the gate through the first via hole, the fourth electrode is connected to the fifth electrode through the second via hole, and the second electrode is disposed on the second field plate, then on the fifth When the electrode is electrically connected to the second electrode, it means that the second field plate is connected to the gate, thereby adjusting the breakdown voltage of the semiconductor device.
  • the first doped region also includes a third doped region and a fourth doped region that is in contact with the third doped region.
  • the third doped region has the same doping type as the first doped region.
  • the fourth doped region has a different doping type from the first doped region.
  • the fourth doped region is close to the second doped region and is not in contact with the second doped region; a third pass is also provided on the first dielectric material layer.
  • hole and a fourth via hole a sixth electrode is also provided between the first dielectric material layer and the second dielectric material layer, the sixth electrode is connected to the third doped region through the third via hole, and the sixth electrode passes through the third via hole.
  • the four via holes are connected to the fourth doped region; a fifth via hole is also provided on the second dielectric material layer; a seventh electrode is provided on the surface of the second dielectric material layer away from the first dielectric material layer; The electrode is connected to the seventh electrode through the fifth via hole.
  • the sixth electrode is electrically connected to the first electrode, and/or the seventh electrode is electrically connected to the second electrode.
  • the sixth electrode since the sixth electrode is connected to the fourth doped region through the fourth via hole and the first electrode is disposed on the first field plate, when the sixth electrode is electrically connected to the first electrode, that is It means that the first field plate is connected to the fourth doped region to adjust the breakdown voltage of the semiconductor device; and/or, because the sixth electrode is connected to the fourth doped region through the fourth via hole, the sixth electrode The electrode is connected to the seventh electrode through the fifth via hole, and the second electrode is disposed on the second field plate. When the seventh electrode is electrically connected to the second electrode, it means that the second field plate is connected to the fourth doped region. connection to adjust the breakdown voltage of the semiconductor device.
  • the second doped region also includes a fifth doped region, the fifth doped region has the same doping type as the second doped region, and the fifth doped region is not in contact with the first doped region;
  • a sixth via hole is provided on the first dielectric material layer, and an eighth electrode is provided between the first dielectric material layer and the second dielectric material layer. The eighth electrode passes through the sixth via hole and the fifth doped region. Connection;
  • a seventh via hole is also provided on the second dielectric material layer, a ninth electrode is provided on the surface of the second dielectric material layer away from the first dielectric material layer, and the eighth electrode communicates with the ninth electrode through the seventh via hole. Electrode connections.
  • the second doped region also includes a first isolation trench, the opening of the first isolation trench faces the first dielectric material layer, and the projection of the second field plate on the active layer overlaps with the first isolation trench.
  • the first isolation trench is usually made of insulating material such as oxide, the presence of the first isolation trench increases the thickness of the insulating material between the second field plate and the active layer, thereby also increasing breakdown Effect of voltage BV.
  • the second doped region also includes a second isolation trench, the opening of the second isolation trench faces the first dielectric material layer, and the projection of the first field plate on the active layer overlaps with the second isolation trench. , the projection of the gate on the active layer overlaps with the second isolation trench.
  • the second isolation trench is usually made of insulating material such as oxide, the presence of the second isolation trench increases the thickness of the insulating material between the first field plate and the active layer, and also increases the thickness of the insulating material between the gate and the active layer. The thickness of the insulating material between the active layers increases, which also has the effect of increasing the breakdown voltage BV.
  • the first field plate is insulated from the gate.
  • a first etching stop layer and an anti-reflective coating are further provided between the first electrode and the second dielectric material layer.
  • the presence of the first etch stop layer facilitates fabrication of the second field plate.
  • a second etching stop layer and an insulating layer are also provided on a side of the first field plate close to the active layer.
  • a first spacer and a second spacer are also provided on the active layer, and the gate is located between the first spacer and the second spacer, where the first spacer is connected to the gate and the first doped region.
  • the second spacer contacts the gate and the second doped region.
  • the material of the first electrode includes one or more of the following: titanium nitride, titanium, and aluminum.
  • the doping type of the first doping region is P type, and the doping type of the second doping region is N type; or, the doping type of the first doping region is N type, and the doping type of the second doping region The doping type is P type.
  • the field plate material includes tungsten.
  • the material of the dielectric material layer includes oxide.
  • a third isolation trench and a fourth isolation trench are provided in the substrate, and the openings of the third isolation trench and the fourth isolation trench face the first dielectric material layer; the active layer is provided between the first isolation trench and the second isolation trench. between isolation tanks.
  • a buried oxide layer and an epitaxial layer are also provided between the substrate and the active layer.
  • a semiconductor device including: a substrate; an active layer provided on the substrate; the active layer includes a first doped region and a second doped region in contact with the first doped region, The first doped region and the second doped region have different doping types; at least two dielectric material layers disposed on the active layer; and a third field plate disposed in the at least two dielectric material layers, The three field plates penetrate at least two dielectric material layers, and the projection of the third field plate on the active layer overlaps with the second doped region. One end of the third field plate close to the active layer is insulated from the active layer.
  • an integrated circuit including a packaging structure and a semiconductor device as described in any one of the above first and second aspects, where the semiconductor device is packaged inside the packaging structure.
  • a fourth aspect provides an electronic device, including a printed circuit board and the integrated circuit as described in the third aspect, the integrated circuit being connected to the printed circuit board.
  • a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device including: making an active layer on a substrate; injecting dopants into the active layer to form a first doped region and a second doped region, the first doped region being The region is in contact with the second doped region, and the doping types of the first doped region and the second doped region are different; at least two dielectric material layers are made on the active layer; at least two dielectric material layers are made The field plate penetrates one or more dielectric material layers, and the projection of the field plate on the active layer overlaps with the second doped region. One end of the field plate close to the active layer is insulated from the active layer.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic structural diagram of an integrated circuit provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a PN junction provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a PN junction provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a PN junction provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of the principle of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 26 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 27 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 29 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 30 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 33 is a simulation schematic diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 34 is a schematic diagram of the voltage and current characteristic curve of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 35 is a simulation schematic diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 36 is a schematic diagram of the voltage and current characteristic curve of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 37 is a schematic diagram of the voltage and current characteristic curve of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 38 is a flow chart of a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 39 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 40 is a schematic diagram 2 of the structure of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 41 is a schematic structural diagram three of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 42 is a schematic diagram 4 of the structure of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 43 is a schematic diagram 5 of the structure of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 44 is a schematic diagram 6 of the structure of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 45 is a schematic diagram 7 of the structure of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 46 is a schematic diagram 8 of the structure of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 47 is a schematic structural diagram 9 of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 48 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 49 is a schematic structural diagram 11 of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 50 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 51 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 52 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 53 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 54 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 55 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 56 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 57 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 58 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 59 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 60 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • a semiconductor is a material whose conductivity at room temperature is between that of a conductor and an insulator; among them, semiconductors include intrinsic semiconductors and impurity semiconductors.
  • Semiconductors doped with a certain amount of impurities are called impurity semiconductors or extrinsic semiconductors. Among them, impurities doped into impurity semiconductors can provide a certain concentration of carriers (such as holes or electrons).
  • Impurity semiconductors doped with electron impurities are also called electronic semiconductors or N (negative, negative)-type semiconductor
  • an impurity semiconductor doped with hole impurities such as trivalent boron element
  • P positive, positive
  • Doping can improve the properties of intrinsic semiconductors.
  • Conductivity generally the greater the carrier concentration, the lower the resistivity of the semiconductor and the better the conductivity.
  • the layer structure in a semiconductor device made of semiconductor (or semiconductor material) is called a semiconductor material layer.
  • MOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • BCD process is a monolithic integration process technology, which refers to the production of different semiconductor devices such as transistors BJT, CMOS and DMOS on the same integrated circuit. Therefore, the integrated circuit produced using the BCD process not only has the characteristics of high transconductance and strong load drive of BJT, but also has the characteristics of high integration and low power consumption of CMOS, and has the high voltage resistance and fast switching speed of DMOS. specialty.
  • At least one of the following or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
  • at least one of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c or a, b and c, where a, b and c can It can be single or multiple.
  • words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the number and order.
  • the integrated circuits provided by the embodiments of the present application can be used in various electronic devices.
  • the electronic devices can be different types of terminals such as computers, mobile phones, tablets, wearable devices, and vehicle-mounted devices.
  • the electronic devices can also be networks such as base stations. equipment.
  • the embodiments of this application do not place any special restrictions on the specific form of the electronic device.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal 100 .
  • the terminal 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2, Mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, camera 190 and display screen 191, etc.
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal 100.
  • the terminal 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figures, or some components may be combined, or some components may be separated, or may be arranged differently.
  • the components illustrated may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU), etc.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller video codec
  • digital signal processor digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • baseband processor baseband processor
  • neural network processor neural-network processing unit
  • the processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have been recently used or recycled by processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instructions or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
  • processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • Interfaces may include integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, universal asynchronous receiver and transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous receiver and transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 .
  • the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the terminal 100 . While charging the battery 142, the charging management module 140 can also provide power to the terminal through the power management module 141.
  • the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 191, the camera 190, the wireless communication module 160, and the like.
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance) and other parameters.
  • the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the terminal 100 can be implemented through the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in terminal 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • Antenna 1 can be reused as a diversity antenna for a wireless LAN. In other embodiments, antennas may be used in conjunction with tuning switches.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied to the terminal 100.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include one or more filters, switches, power amplifiers, low noise amplifiers (LNA), etc.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, perform filtering, amplification and other processing on the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be disposed in the processor 110 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
  • a modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low-frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium-high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal.
  • the demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 191 .
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the terminal 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), and global navigation satellite system. (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • BT Bluetooth
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • FM frequency modulation
  • NFC near field communication technology
  • infrared technology infrared, IR
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating one or more communication processing modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, frequency modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation
  • the antenna 1 of the terminal 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the terminal 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband code Wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC, FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi- zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite based augmentation systems
  • the terminal 100 implements the display function through the GPU, the display screen 191, and the application processor.
  • the GPU is an image processing microprocessor and is connected to the display screen 191 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
  • the display screen 191 is used to display images, videos, etc.
  • the display screen 191 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can use a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode). diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diode (quantum dot light emitting diode, QLED), etc.
  • the terminal 100 may include 1 or N display screens 191, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the terminal 100 can implement the shooting function through the ISP, camera 190, video codec, GPU, display screen 191 and application processor.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 190 .
  • the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera sensor through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera sensor passes the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be provided in the camera 190.
  • Camera 190 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object passes through the lens to produce an optical image that is projected onto the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element can be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then passes the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other format image signals.
  • the terminal 100 may include 1 or N cameras 190, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the terminal 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement the data storage function. Such as saving music, videos, etc. files in external memory card.
  • Internal memory 121 may be used to store one or more computer programs including instructions.
  • the processor 110 can execute the above instructions stored in the internal memory 121 to cause the terminal 100 to execute various functional applications and data processing.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a program storage area and a data storage area. Among them, the stored program area can store the operating system; the stored program area can also store one or more application programs (such as gallery, contacts, etc.). The storage data area can store data created during use of the terminal 100 (such as photos, contacts, etc.).
  • the internal memory 121 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk storage devices, flash memory devices, universal flash storage (UFS), etc.
  • the processor 110 causes the terminal 100 to perform various functional applications and data processing by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in a memory provided in the processor.
  • the terminal 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the headphone interface 170D, and the application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signals. Audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 .
  • Speaker 170A also called “speaker” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the terminal 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
  • Receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the voice can be heard by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
  • Microphone 170C also called “microphone” or “microphone” is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can speak close to the microphone 170C with the human mouth and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C.
  • the terminal 100 may be provided with one or more microphones 170C. In other embodiments, the terminal 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which in addition to collecting sound signals, may also implement a noise reduction function. In other embodiments, the terminal 100 can also be equipped with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and implement directional recording functions, etc.
  • the headphone interface 170D is used to connect wired headphones.
  • the headphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or may be a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association of the USA
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor, a gyroscope sensor, an air pressure sensor, a magnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor, a distance sensor, a proximity light sensor, a fingerprint sensor, a temperature sensor, a touch sensor, an ambient light sensor, a bone conduction sensor, and the like.
  • the touch sensor is also called a "touch device”.
  • the touch sensor can be provided on the display screen 191, and the touch sensor and the display screen 191 form a touch screen, which is also called a "touch screen”.
  • Touch sensors are used to detect touches on or near them.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the touch event type.
  • Visual output related to touch operations can be provided through the display screen.
  • a touch panel including a touch sensor array formed by multiple touch sensors may also be provided on the surface of the display panel in a plug-in form.
  • the touch sensor may be located at a different location than the display screen 191 .
  • the form of the touch sensor is not limited. For example, it may be a capacitor, a varistor, or other devices.
  • the above-mentioned terminal 100 may also include one or more components such as buttons, motors, indicators, and subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interfaces.
  • subscriber identification module subscriber identification module
  • the electronic device takes a 5G base station as an example.
  • the 5G base station can be divided into a baseband processing unit (base band unit, BBU) - an active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU), a centralized Unit-distributed unit (central unit-distribute unit, CU-DU)-AAU, BBU-radio remote unit (remote radio unit, RRU)-antenna, CU-DU-RRU-Antenna, integrated 5G base station ( 5G node base station, gNB) and other different architectures.
  • BBU baseband processing unit
  • AAU active antenna unit
  • CU-DU central unit-distribute unit
  • RRU remote radio unit
  • CU-DU-RRU-Antenna integrated 5G base station
  • gNB integrated 5G base station
  • the base station includes BBU21, RRU22 and antenna 23; BBU21 and RRU22 are connected through optical fiber, and the interface between the two is based on the open common public radio frequency interface (common public radio interface (CPRI) and open base station architecture initiative (OBSAI).
  • CPRI common public radio interface
  • OBSAI open base station architecture initiative
  • the BBU21 processes the generated baseband signal through the RRU22 and sends it to the antenna 23 for transmission.
  • the RRU 22 includes a digital intermediate frequency module 221, a transceiver module 222, a power amplifier 223 (power amplifier, PA) and a filter 224.
  • the digital intermediate frequency module 221 is used for modulation and demodulation, digital up and down conversion, digital to analog converter (D/A), etc. of the baseband signal transmitted by optical fiber to form an intermediate frequency signal; the transceiver module 222 completes the conversion of the intermediate frequency signal into a radio frequency signal. Signal transformation; the power amplifier 223 is used to amplify the low-power radio frequency signal; the filter 224 is used to filter the radio frequency signal, and then transmit the radio frequency signal through the antenna 23.
  • D/A digital to analog converter
  • the integrated circuit provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the terminal 100 shown in Figure 1 or the base station shown in Figure 2.
  • the integrated circuit provided by the embodiment of the present application can be a power management integrated circuit.
  • PMIC power management integrated circuit
  • PCB printed circuit board
  • the integrated circuit provided in the embodiment of the present application can be a display driver integrated circuit (display driver integrated circuit).
  • DDIC display driver integrated circuit
  • the integrated circuit provided in the embodiment of the present application can be connected to the PCB and applied to the BBU21 or RRU22 of the base station provided in Figure 2.
  • the specific application scenarios are not limited to the terminal shown in Figure 1 and the base station shown in Figure 2.
  • the integrated circuit 30 includes a semiconductor device 31 and a packaging structure 32 , wherein the semiconductor device 31 is packaged inside the packaging structure 32 .
  • the packaging structure 32 specifically includes: a heat dissipation substrate 321 .
  • the heat dissipation substrate 321 can be made of a composite material, such as a stack of copper Cu/molybdenum Mo/copper Cu.
  • the semiconductor device 31 is bonded to the heat dissipation substrate 321 through sintered silver.
  • the electrodes of the semiconductor device 31 shown in Figure 3 are connected to the heat dissipation substrate 321.
  • some of the electrodes of the semiconductor device 31 can also be wired through gold wires.
  • the pins are bonded and connected to the pins, which are arranged on an insulating layer (which may be insulating ceramics, for example), and the insulating layer is bonded to the heat dissipation substrate 321 through an insulating adhesive.
  • the packaging structure 32 includes a packaging shell 322, which is bonded to the heat dissipation substrate 321 through an insulating adhesive, and one end of the pin is exposed from the packaging structure to connect to other circuits, wherein the semiconductor device 31 is disposed in the packaging shell. 322 and the heat dissipation substrate 321 in the space surrounded.
  • semiconductor devices include diodes, BJT transistors, DMOS, etc.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a schematic structural diagram of a diode 40 .
  • the diode 40 is composed of a doped region 41 and a doped region 42 embedded in the doped region 41 .
  • the doped region 41 and The doping type of the doping region 42 is different, and the doping range of the doping region 42 is smaller than the doping range of the doping region 41 .
  • an insulating layer 43 is provided above the doped region 41, and the insulating layer 43 is in contact with the doped region 42.
  • a metal electrode 45 is provided on the doped region 41, and the metal electrode 45 penetrates the insulating layer 43, and the metal electrode 45 is connected to Lead wire; a metal electrode 44 is provided on the doped region 42, the metal electrode 44 penetrates the insulating layer 43, and the metal electrode 44 is connected to a lead wire.
  • the doping type of the doping region 41 shown in FIG. 4 is N type, and the doping type of the doping region 42 is P type, then the metal electrode 44 is the anode (anode, +) of the diode 40, and the metal electrode 45 is the cathode (cathode, -) of the diode 40.
  • the doped region 41 and the doped region 42 form a PN junction structure.
  • FIG. 4 When the metal electrode 44 is connected to the positive voltage and the metal electrode 45 is connected to the negative voltage, FIG.
  • the doped region 41 and the doped region 42 shown in Figure 4 form a forward-biased PN junction, and the diode 40 is turned on; when the metal electrode 44 is connected to a negative voltage and the metal electrode 45 is connected to a positive voltage, the doped region shown in Figure 4
  • the region 41 and the doped region 42 form a PN junction with reverse bias, and the diode 40 is turned off, so that the diode 40 has unidirectional conductivity.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a schematic structural diagram of a transistor 50 , in which the transistor 50 consists of a doped region 51 , a doped region 52 embedded in the doped region 51 , and a doped region 52 embedded in the doped region 52 .
  • the doped region 53 in The doping range of 53 is smaller than the doping range of doped region 51 .
  • an insulating layer 57 is provided above the doped region 51 .
  • the insulating layer 57 is in contact with the doped region 52 , and the insulating layer 57 is also in contact with the doped region 53 .
  • a metal electrode 56 is provided on the doped region 51. The metal electrode 56 penetrates the insulating layer 57.
  • the metal electrode 56 is connected to a lead.
  • the metal electrode 56 is the collector (C) of the triode; a metal electrode 56 is provided on the doped region 52.
  • the metal electrode 55 penetrates the insulating layer 57 and is connected to a lead.
  • the metal electrode 55 is the base electrode (B) of the triode; a metal electrode 54 is provided on the doped region 53.
  • the metal electrode 54 Penetrating the insulating layer 57, a metal electrode 54 is connected to a lead, and the metal electrode 54 is the emitter electrode (E) of the triode.
  • E emitter electrode
  • the transistor 50 when the doping type of the doping region 51 and the doping region 53 is N type, and the doping type of the doping region 52 is P type, the transistor 50 is also called It is an NPN transistor.
  • the transistor 50 when the doping type of the doping region 51 and the doping region 53 is P type, and the doping type of the doping region 52 is N type, the transistor 50 is also called a PNP type transistor. Whether it is an NPN transistor or a PNP transistor, a PN junction will be formed between the doped region 51 and the doped region 52. This PN junction is called a collector junction, and the doped region 52 and the doped region 53 will also form a PN junction.
  • a PN junction is called an emitter junction. The triode uses the forward bias or reverse bias of the emitter junction and collector junction to achieve a predetermined function.
  • the DMOS includes a vertical double-diffused metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor (VDMOS) and a lateral double diffusion Metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor (lateral double-diffused metal oxide semiconductor, LDMOS),
  • FIG 6 shows LDMOS.
  • the LDMOS 60 includes a substrate 61, an active layer is provided on the substrate 61, the active layer includes a doped region 62 and a doped region 63 in contact with the doped region 62, the doped region 62 and the doped region 63
  • the doping types of , a doped region 66 is also provided in the doped region 63.
  • the doped region 66 is not in contact with the doped region 62.
  • the doped region 62 and the doped region 64 have the same doping type.
  • the doped region 65 and the doped region 64 are not in contact with each other.
  • the doping type of the region 63 and the doped region 66 is the same.
  • a gate electrode 68 is also provided on the active layer.
  • the gate electrode 68 and the active layer are insulated by an insulating layer 67.
  • the gate electrode 68 covers the contact surface between the doped region 62 and the doped region 63.
  • There are spacers 69a and 69b, and the gate 68 is located between the spacers 69a and 69b.
  • the spacers 69a are in contact with the gate 68 and the doped region 62, and the spacers 69a are not in contact with the doped region 65.
  • the spacer 69b is in contact with the gate 68 and the doped region 63, and the spacer 69b is not in contact with the doped region 66.
  • An electrode (B) is drawn out in the doped region 64 so that the doped region 62 receives a fixed voltage value when the LDMOS is working.
  • An electrode (B) is drawn out in the doped region 65 as the source (source, S) of the LDMOS. Usually B and S are short-circuited. .
  • An electrode is drawn out from the gate electrode 68 as the gate electrode (G) of the LDMOS, and an electrode is drawn out from the doped region 66 as the drain electrode (drain, D) of the LDMOS.
  • the LDMOS is also called It is N-type LDMOS (NLDMOS).
  • the doping type of the doping region 62 and the doping region 64 is N type, and the doping type of the doping region 65 , 63 and 66 is P type, the LDMOS is also called P-type LDMOS. (PLDMOS).
  • a PN junction structure is formed between the doped region 62 and the doped region 63.
  • the PN junction is reverse biased, the LDMOS does not conduct, and when the PN junction is forward biased, the LDMOS conducts.
  • the above-mentioned semiconductor devices all contain PN junctions, and the performance of the PN junction also directly affects the performance of the semiconductor device.
  • the breakdown voltage (breakdown voltage, BV) of the semiconductor device also depends on the semiconductor device to a certain extent.
  • the breakdown voltage BV of the PN junction in the device is the breakdown voltage of the PN junction in the device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a schematic structural diagram of a PN junction, in which a P-type semiconductor is embedded in an N-type semiconductor.
  • electrons in the N-type semiconductor diffuse to the P-type semiconductor, and holes in the P-type semiconductor diffuse to the N-type semiconductor, so that the two A depletion layer is formed at the contact surface.
  • the PN junction When the PN junction is reverse biased, that is, when the P-type semiconductor is connected to a low voltage through terminal 71 and the N-type semiconductor is connected to a high voltage through terminal 72, the existence of the depletion layer allows the PN junction to withstand
  • the reverse bias voltage is within a predetermined voltage value.
  • the reverse bias voltage that the PN junction withstands is greater than the predetermined voltage value, the PN junction will be broken down.
  • the above-mentioned predetermined voltage value is the breakdown voltage BV.
  • a P-type semiconductor window 73 is often provided above the N-type semiconductor, and then P-type semiconductor is injected from the P-type semiconductor window 73 through an ion implantation process.
  • Dopants form a P-type semiconductor embedded in an N-type semiconductor.
  • the contact surface between the N-type semiconductor and the P-type semiconductor often appears curved. The curved contact surface also causes the depletion layer to bend. Then, when the PN junction is reverse biased and the depletion layer bends, it is easy to concentrate the high voltage connected to the terminal 72 to form an electric field intensity.
  • the concentrated electric field intensity 741 the electric field intensity 741 It is possible to break down the depletion layer of the currently bent PN junction, thereby causing the breakdown voltage BV of the PN junction to be low.
  • the field plate 75 does not change the curvature of the contact surface between the N-type semiconductor and the P-type semiconductor, but due to the existence of the field plate 75, the curvature of the depletion layer of the PN junction will be improved, and the electric field in the PN junction also been improved.
  • the high voltage connected to the terminal 72 will form an electric field intensity 742 at the edge of the field plate 75 close to the terminal 72, and form an electric field intensity 741 at the contact surface between the N-type semiconductor and the P-type semiconductor.
  • the electric field strength 742 is greater than the electric field strength 741. That is to say, under the action of the field plate 75, the electric field strength concentrated in the place where the depletion layer bends will decrease, thereby increasing the breakdown voltage BV of the PN junction.
  • the silicon limit defines that the breakdown voltage BV is proportional to the specific on-state resistance (Ron,sp)
  • Ron,sp specific on-state resistance
  • setting the field plate can not only increase the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device, but also will not affect the semiconductor device.
  • Ron,sp has an impact. Therefore, field plates are usually used in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices.
  • a field plate 900 is usually installed in the LDMOS 60 shown in Figure 6 to obtain a high breakdown voltage BV and a low specific on-resistance Ron,sp LDMOS, wherein the field plate 900 shown in Figure 10 is a stepped field plate, the stepped field plate is disposed on the doped region 63, the doped region 63 is connected to the high voltage through the doped region 66, and the stepped field plate 900 and the gate 68 are insulated by spacers 69b, and the projection of the stepped field plate 900 on the active layer does not overlap with the doped region 66.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a semiconductor device 80.
  • the semiconductor device 80 can be any semiconductor device with a PN junction structure such as a diode, a BJT transistor, or a DMOS.
  • the semiconductor device 80 includes: a substrate 81; Active layer 82 provided on the substrate 81; the active layer 82 includes a doped region 821 and a doped region 822 in contact with the doped region 821, and the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 have different doping types.
  • the dielectric material layer in the semiconductor device 80 shown in FIG. 11 includes a dielectric material layer 83a, a dielectric material layer 83b and a dielectric material layer 83m, wherein the material of the dielectric material layer 83 is an oxide,
  • the dielectric material layer 83 is an insulating material.
  • the dielectric material layer 83a, the dielectric material layer 83b and the dielectric material layer 83m are sequentially arranged on the active layer 82 in a direction away from the substrate 81.
  • the dielectric material layer 83a is used for connection.
  • the active layer 82 of the semiconductor device and the first metal electrode layer, so the dielectric material layer 83a is also called the inter layer dielectric material layer (ILD), the dielectric material layer 83b and the dielectric material layer 83m It is mainly used to separate two metal electrode layers. Therefore, the dielectric material layer 83b and the dielectric material layer 83m are also called inter-metal dielectric material layers (inter metal dielectric, IMD).
  • IMD inter layer dielectric material layer
  • the 11 includes a field plate 84a and a field plate 84b, wherein the field plate 84a penetrates the dielectric material layer 83a, and the field plate 84b penetrates the dielectric material layer 83a and the dielectric material layer 83b, Moreover, the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b are not in contact with the active layer 82. Therefore, since the dielectric material layer 83a is an insulating material, it means that the field plate 84a is insulated from the field plate 84b and the active layer 82.
  • the material of the field plate may be tungsten or other conductive materials, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b shown in FIG. 11 may be in contact or not in contact, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the semiconductor device 80 when the semiconductor device 80 includes a gate, the gate is usually provided on the active layer 82 , and the gate covers the contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 , then the semiconductor device with the gate is A field plate is provided in the device 80.
  • the above-mentioned field plate 84 is insulated from the gate electrode, and the projection of the field plate 84 on the active layer 82 does not overlap with the doped region 821.
  • the field plate 84 is on the active layer 82.
  • the projection of overlaps with the doped region 822 When the semiconductor device 80 does not include a gate, a field plate is provided in the semiconductor device 80 without a gate.
  • the projection of the field plate 84 on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 821, and the field plate 84 has The projection on the source layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822 .
  • the semiconductor device 80 may also include more field plates, and may also include more or less dielectric material layers.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specify the number of dielectric material layers and the number of field plates. The number is not limited.
  • the doped region 822 when the doped region 822 is connected to a high voltage, if there is no field plate 84 at this time, the high voltage connected to the doped region 822 will be concentrated at the contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 , the concentrated electric field intensity may break down the contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 .
  • the projection of the field plate 84 on the active layer 82 away from the doped region 821 will form a first electric field intensity, and the field plate 84 will The projection on the active layer 82 will form a second electric field intensity on the side close to the doped region 821, and the first electric field intensity is greater than the second electric field intensity. Then the current contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 is concentrated.
  • the intensity of the electric field received is weakened, that is to say, the field plate 84 weakens the intensity of the electric field concentrated on the contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822, thereby causing the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device 80 to become higher.
  • the field plate 84 is insulated from the active layer 82, so when the semiconductor device 80 is turned on, that is, when the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 are turned on, the field plate 84 will not affect the current carrying capacity in the active layer 82. It affects the transmission of electrons, which in turn affects the specific on-resistance Ron,sp of the semiconductor device, so as to obtain a semiconductor device with high breakdown voltage BV and low specific on-resistance Ron,sp.
  • the semiconductor device 80 may be a diode.
  • the semiconductor device 80 when the semiconductor device 80 is a diode, the semiconductor device 80 includes: an active layer 82 on a substrate 81 ; the active layer 82 includes a doped region 821 and a doped region in contact with the doped region 821 822, wherein the doping type of the doping region 821 is P type, the doping type of the doping region 822 is N type, the doping region 821 contacts the doping region 822 to form a PN junction, the doping region 821 and the doping region 822 are in contact with each other to form a PN junction. Region 822 forms a diode. Among them, at least two layers of dielectric material layers are provided on the active layer 82.
  • the at least two layers of dielectric material layers include a dielectric material layer 83a and a dielectric material layer 83b.
  • a dielectric material layer 83a is provided, and a dielectric material layer 83b is provided on the side of the dielectric material layer 83a away from the substrate 81; at least two field plates are provided in the dielectric material layer, and the at least two field plates include a field plate 84a. and field plate 84b; field plate 84a penetrates dielectric material layer 83a; field plate 84b penetrates dielectric material layer 83a and dielectric material layer 83b.
  • the field plate is insulated from the active layer.
  • an insulating layer 851 is provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the active layer 82.
  • the material of the insulating layer 851 It is silicon dioxide (SiO 2 ), or it can also be other oxides.
  • an etching stop layer 852 of the field plate 84a is usually provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the active layer 82, specifically, an etching stop layer 852 is provided on the side of the insulating layer 851 close to the field plate 84a.
  • the material of the etching stop layer 852 may specifically be silicon nitride (SiN), or may be other nitrides.
  • the field plate 84b is usually arranged not to contact the active layer 82, and the field plate 84b and the active layer 82 are insulated by a dielectric material layer 83a.
  • a stacked structure such as an etching stop layer 852 - an insulating layer 851 - an etching stop layer 852 - an insulating layer 851 may also be provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the active layer 82. This is not the case in the embodiments of the present application. Make limitations.
  • an electrode 861a is usually provided between the field plate 84a and the dielectric material layer 83b.
  • the electrode 861a can be connected to a first predetermined voltage to To make the voltage of the field plate 84a be the first predetermined voltage, an electrode 862a is also provided on the side of the field plate 84b away from the dielectric material layer 83a.
  • the electrode 862a can also be connected to the second predetermined voltage so that the voltage of the field plate 84b is second predetermined voltage. It should be noted that the first predetermined voltage and the second predetermined voltage may be the same or different.
  • any one of the electrodes 861a and 862a can be connected to a predetermined voltage; when the field plate 84a is not in contact with the field plate 84b, the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can be connected. Each is connected to a predetermined voltage.
  • the materials of the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can be any conductive material, and the materials of the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can include titanium nitride (TiN), titanium (Ti), aluminum (Al), etc., for example, titanium nitride
  • TiN titanium nitride
  • Ti titanium
  • Ti titanium
  • Al aluminum
  • the sandwich structure (Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti) formed of titanium, titanium and aluminum is the most commonly used, especially when the electrode 861a is set to a sandwich structure (Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti), the sandwich structure can be used as an adhesive.
  • the lamination layer can increase the direct adhesion between the electrode 861a and the oxide in the dielectric material layer 83a; it can also improve electron migration (EM) to improve the performance of the semiconductor device 80; and can also serve as an engraving for the field plate 84b. Erosion stop layer.
  • EM electron migration
  • the doped region 821 leads to the electrode as the anode of the diode, and the doped region 822 leads to The electrode serves as the cathode of the diode.
  • the cathode is connected to a high voltage.
  • the diode when the cathode is connected to a high voltage, the diode is reverse biased, and in order to control the diode not to be reversed
  • the bias voltage breaks down, and the projection of the field plate 84a on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 821, and the projection of the field plate 84a on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822.
  • the field plate The projection of 84b on the active layer 82 does not overlap with the doped region 821, and the projection of the field plate 84b on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822.
  • an etching stop layer 863a and an anti-reflective coating 864a of the field plate 84b are also provided between the electrode 861a and the dielectric material layer 83b.
  • the etching stop layer 863a may be a nitride, such as silicon nitride (SiN)
  • the anti-reflective coating 864a may be a nitride oxide, such as silicon oxynitride (SiON).
  • a stacked structure of etching stop layer 863a-anti-reflective coating 864a-etching stop layer 863a-anti-reflective coating 864a may also be provided between the electrode 861a and the dielectric material layer 83b. Implementation of the present application This example does not limit this.
  • a gate electrode 87 can also be provided on the active layer 82, and the gate electrode 87 and the active layer 82 are insulated by an insulating layer 88; wherein the gate electrode 87 covers the doped The contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822.
  • Spacers 89a and 89b are also provided on the active layer 82.
  • the gate 87 is located between the spacers 89a and 89b.
  • the spacers 89a are in contact with the gate 87 and the doped region 821, and the spacers 89b are in contact with the gate 87 and the doped region 821.
  • Gate 87 and doped region 822 are in contact.
  • the field plate 84a is insulated from the gate electrode 87.
  • the gate electrode 87 covers the contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822
  • the field plate 84a provided at this time is on the active layer 82.
  • the field plate 84 b shown in FIG. 12 may be provided. Specifically, since only the field plate 84 b exists, the field plate 84 b needs to cover the doped region 821 and the doped region 821 .
  • the contact surface of the region 822 that is to say, the projection of the field plate 84 b on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 821 , and the projection of the field plate 84 b on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822 .
  • the field plate 84b penetrates the dielectric material layer 83a and the dielectric material layer 83b, and the side of the field plate 84b close to the active layer 82 is insulated from the active layer 82.
  • the field plate 84b can also achieve the purpose of increasing the breakdown voltage BV of the diode.
  • the semiconductor device 80 may also be a triode BJT.
  • the semiconductor device 80 when the semiconductor device 80 is a triode, the semiconductor device 80 includes: an active layer 82 on a substrate 81 ; the active layer 82 includes a doped region 821 and a doped region in contact with the doped region 821 822, a doped region 823 is also provided on the side of the doped region 821 away from the doped region 822.
  • the doping type of the doping region 823 and the doping region 822 can be P type
  • the doping type of the doping region 821 can be N type
  • the doping region 822 and the doping region 821 contact to form a PN junction
  • the doping region 823 contacts the doped region 821 to form a PN junction
  • the doped region 823, the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 form a PNP transistor.
  • the doping type of the doping region 823 and the doping region 822 is N type
  • the doping type of the doping region 821 is P type
  • the doping region 821 and the doping region 822 are in contact to form a PN junction
  • the doping region 821 A PN junction is formed in contact with the doped region 823, and the doped region 823, the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 form an NPN transistor.
  • At least two dielectric material layers are provided on the active layer 82 of the semiconductor device 80 , wherein the at least two dielectric material layers include a dielectric material layer 83 a and a dielectric material layer 83 b.
  • a dielectric material layer 83a is provided on the side of the layer 82 away from the substrate 81, and a dielectric material layer 83b is provided on the side of the dielectric material layer 83a away from the substrate 81; at least two field plates are provided in the dielectric material layer.
  • the at least two field plates include a field plate 84a and a field plate 84b; the field plate 84a penetrates the dielectric material layer 83a; the field plate 84b penetrates the dielectric material layer 83a and the dielectric material layer 83b.
  • the field plate is insulated from the active layer.
  • an insulating layer 851 is provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the active layer 82.
  • the material of the insulating layer 851 It is silicon dioxide (SiO 2 ), or it can also be other oxides.
  • an etching stop layer 852 of the field plate 84a is usually provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the active layer 82, specifically, an etching stop layer 852 is provided on the side of the insulating layer 851 close to the field plate 84a.
  • the material of the etching stop layer 852 may specifically be silicon nitride (SiN), or may be other nitrides.
  • the field plate 84b is usually arranged not to contact the active layer 82, and the field plate 84b and the active layer 82 are insulated by a dielectric material layer 83a.
  • a stacked structure such as an etching stop layer 852 - an insulating layer 851 - an etching stop layer 852 - an insulating layer 851 may also be provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the active layer 82. This is not the case in the embodiments of the present application. Make limitations.
  • an electrode 861a is usually provided between the field plate 84a and the dielectric material layer 83b.
  • the electrode 861a can be connected to a first predetermined voltage to To make the voltage of the field plate 84a be the first predetermined voltage, an electrode 862a is also provided on the side of the field plate 84b away from the dielectric material layer 83a.
  • the electrode 862a can also be connected to the second predetermined voltage so that the voltage of the field plate 84b is second predetermined voltage. It should be noted that the first predetermined voltage and the second predetermined voltage may be the same or different.
  • any one of the electrodes 861a and 862a can be connected to a predetermined voltage; when the field plate 84a is not in contact with the field plate 84b, the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can be connected. Each is connected to a predetermined voltage.
  • the materials of the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can be any conductive material, and the materials of the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can include titanium nitride (TiN), titanium (Ti), aluminum (Al), etc., for example, titanium nitride
  • TiN titanium nitride
  • Ti titanium
  • Ti titanium
  • Al aluminum
  • the sandwich structure (Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti) formed of titanium, titanium and aluminum is the most commonly used, especially when the electrode 861a is set to a sandwich structure (Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti), the sandwich structure can be used as an adhesive.
  • the lamination layer can increase the direct adhesion between the electrode 861a and the oxide in the dielectric material layer 83a; it can also improve electron migration (EM) to improve the performance of the semiconductor device 80; and can also serve as an engraving for the field plate 84b. Erosion stop layer.
  • EM electron migration
  • the electrode extracted from the doped region 822 is used as the emitter electrode (E) of the triode; the electrode extracted from the doped region 821 is used as the base electrode (B) of the triode. ); the doped region 823 leads the electrode as the collector (C) of the triode.
  • the field plate provided when the semiconductor device 80 is a triode is described.
  • the emitter E is usually connected to a high voltage. Therefore, in the semiconductor device 80 shown in FIG.
  • the projection of the field plate 84a on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 821, and the field plate 84a
  • the projection of the field plate 84a on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822.
  • the projection of the field plate 84a on the active layer 82 does not overlap with the doped region 823.
  • the projection of the field plate 84b on the active layer 82 does not overlap with the doped region 823.
  • the doped region 821 does not overlap, and the projection of the field plate 84b on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822.
  • the projection of the field plate 84b on the active layer 82 does not overlap with the doped region 823.
  • an etching stop layer 863a and an anti-reflective coating 864a of the field plate 84b are also provided between the electrode 861a and the dielectric material layer 83b.
  • the etching stop layer 863a may be a nitride, such as silicon nitride (SiN)
  • the anti-reflective coating 864a may be a nitride oxide, such as silicon oxynitride (SiON).
  • a stacked structure of etching stop layer 863a-anti-reflective coating 864a-etching stop layer 863a-anti-reflective coating 864a may also be provided between the electrode 861a and the dielectric material layer 83b. Implementation of the present application This example does not limit this.
  • the field plate 84b shown in FIG. 15 may be provided. Specifically, since only the field plate 84b exists, the field plate 84b needs to cover the doped region 821 and the doped region. 822 , that is to say, the projection of the field plate 84 b on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 821 , and the projection of the field plate 84 b on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822 . And the field plate 84b penetrates the dielectric material layer 83a and the dielectric material layer 83b, and the side of the field plate 84b close to the active layer 82 is insulated from the active layer 82. Among them, the field plate 84b can also achieve the purpose of increasing the breakdown voltage BV of the triode.
  • the semiconductor device 80 may also be a DMOS.
  • FIGS. 16 to 32 take LDMOS as an example for explanation.
  • the semiconductor device 80 when the semiconductor device 80 is an LDMOS, the semiconductor device 80 includes: an active layer 82 on a substrate 81 ; the active layer 82 includes a doped region 821 and a doped region in contact with the doped region 821 822, wherein at least two dielectric material layers are provided on the active layer 82, and the at least two dielectric material layers include a dielectric material layer 83a and a dielectric material layer 83b, and a part of the active layer 82 away from the substrate 81 A dielectric material layer 83a is provided on one side, and a dielectric material layer 83b is provided on the side of the dielectric material layer 83a away from the substrate 81; at least two field plates are provided in the dielectric material layer, and the at least two field plates include field The field plate 84a and the field plate 84b; the field plate 84a penetrates the dielectric material layer 83a; the field plate 84b penetrates the dielectric material layer 83a and the dielectric material layer
  • the field plate is insulated from the active layer.
  • an insulating layer 851 is provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the active layer 82.
  • the material of the insulating layer 851 It is silicon dioxide (SiO 2 ), or it can also be other oxides.
  • an etching stop layer 852 of the field plate 84a is usually provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the active layer 82, specifically, an etching stop layer 852 is provided on the side of the insulating layer 851 close to the field plate 84a.
  • the material of the etching stop layer 852 may specifically be silicon nitride (SiN), or may be other nitrides.
  • the field plate 84b is usually arranged not to contact the active layer 82, and the field plate 84b and the active layer 82 are insulated by a dielectric material layer 83a.
  • a stacked structure such as an etching stop layer 852 - an insulating layer 851 - an etching stop layer 852 - an insulating layer 851 may also be provided on the side of the field plate 84 a close to the active layer 82 , which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • an electrode 861a is usually provided between the field plate 84a and the dielectric material layer 83b.
  • the electrode 861a can be connected to a first predetermined voltage to To make the voltage of the field plate 84a be the first predetermined voltage, an electrode 862a is also provided on the side of the field plate 84b away from the dielectric material layer 83a.
  • the electrode 862a can also be connected to the second predetermined voltage so that the voltage of the field plate 84b is second predetermined voltage. It should be noted that the first predetermined voltage and the second predetermined voltage may be the same or different.
  • any one of the electrodes 861a and 862a can be connected to a predetermined voltage; when the field plate 84a is not in contact with the field plate 84b, the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can be connected. Each is connected to a predetermined voltage.
  • the materials of the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can be any conductive material, and the materials of the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can include titanium nitride (TiN), titanium (Ti), aluminum (Al), etc., for example, titanium nitride
  • TiN titanium nitride
  • Ti titanium
  • Ti titanium
  • Al aluminum
  • the sandwich structure (Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti) formed of titanium, titanium and aluminum is the most commonly used, especially when the electrode 861a is set to a sandwich structure (Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti), the sandwich structure can be used as an adhesive.
  • the lamination layer can increase the direct adhesion between the electrode 861a and the oxide in the dielectric material layer 83a; it can also improve electron migration (EM) to improve the performance of the semiconductor device 80; and can also serve as an engraving for the field plate 84b. Erosion stop layer.
  • EM electron migration
  • the semiconductor device 80 when it is an LDMOS, it also includes: a gate 87 provided on the active layer 82 , and the gate 87 and the active layer 82 are insulated by an insulating layer 88 ; wherein the gate 87 covers the doped region.
  • Spacers 89a and 89b are also provided on the active layer 82.
  • the gate 87 is located between the spacers 89a and 89b.
  • the spacers 89a are in contact with the gate 87 and the doped region 821, and the spacers 89b are in contact with the gate 87 and the doped region 821.
  • Gate 87 and doped region 822 are in contact.
  • the field plate 84a is insulated from the gate electrode 87.
  • the gate electrode 87 covers the contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822
  • the field plate 84a provided at this time is on the active layer 82.
  • a via hole 831a may be provided on the dielectric material layer 83a.
  • the material of the via hole 831a specifically includes tungsten (W), and a via hole 831a may be provided between the dielectric material layer 83a and the dielectric material layer 83b.
  • the material of the via hole 832a specifically includes tungsten (W), and the dielectric material layer 83b is away from the dielectric material.
  • An electrode 862b is provided on the surface of the layer 83a, and the electrode 861b is connected to the electrode 862b through a via hole 832a. Then, when the electrode 862b or the electrode 861b is connected to the predetermined voltage, it means that the predetermined voltage is applied to the gate 87. When other electrodes are connected to the electrode 862b or the electrode 861b, it can also be said that the other electrodes are connected to the gate.
  • the doped region 821 when the semiconductor device 80 is an LDMOS, the doped region 821 also includes a doped region 824 and a doped region 825 in contact with the doped region 824 .
  • the doped region 824 and the doped region The doping type of the doping region 821 is the same, and the doping type of the doping region 825 is different from that of the doping region 821.
  • the doping region 825 is close to the doping region 822 and is not in contact with the doping region 822.
  • the doped region 822 also includes a doped region 826 , the doped region 826 has the same doping type as the doped region 822 , and the doped region 826 is not in contact with the doped region 821 .
  • the doping concentration of the doping region 824, the doping region 825 and the doping region 826 is relatively high. Specifically, the doping concentration of the doping region 824, the doping region 825 and the doping region 826 is greater than or equal to 1e15 atoms/cubic. centimeters, the doping concentration of the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 is lower than the doping concentration of the doped region 824 , the doped region 825 and the doped region 826 .
  • the LDMOS is also called NLDMOS
  • the LDMOS is also called PLDMOS
  • the doped region 821 is also called the well region of the LDMOS
  • the doped region 822 is also called the drift region of the LDMOS
  • the doped region 825 is also called the source region of the LDMOS.
  • the doped region 826 is also called the drain area of LDMOS.
  • the doped region 825 source region
  • the doped region 826 drain region
  • the doped region 825 requires an extraction electrode as the source electrode (S) of the LDMOS
  • the doping region 826 (drain region) requires an extraction electrode as the drain electrode (drain, D) of the LDMOS.
  • the doped region 821 (well region) will also be led out of the electrode (body, B) through the doped region 824, so that a fixed voltage can be input to the doped region 821 when the LDMOS is operating normally. value, thereby preventing the doped region 821 from being in a floating state.
  • a via hole 831 b and a via hole 831 c may be provided on the dielectric material layer 83 a.
  • the materials of the via hole 831 b and the via hole 831 c specifically include tungsten (W).
  • the dielectric material layer 83 a and the dielectric material layer An electrode 861c is also provided between 83b.
  • the electrode 861c is connected to the doped region 824 through a via hole 831b.
  • the electrode 861c is connected to the doped region 825 through a via hole 831c.
  • a via hole 832b is also provided on the dielectric material layer 83b.
  • the material of 832b specifically includes tungsten (W).
  • An electrode 862c is provided on the surface of the dielectric material layer 83b away from the dielectric material layer 83a.
  • the electrode 861c is connected to the electrode 862c through the via hole 832b. Then when the electrode 862c or the electrode 861c is connected to the predetermined voltage, it means that the predetermined voltage is applied to the doped region 821 (well region), the doped region 824 and the doped region 825 (source region). When other electrodes and the electrode 862c or the electrode When the 861c is connected, it can also be said that the other electrodes are connected to the source.
  • a via 831d can be provided on the dielectric material layer 83a.
  • the material of the via 831d specifically includes tungsten (W).
  • the dielectric material layer 83a and the dielectric material An electrode 861d is also provided between the layers 83b, and the electrode 861d is connected to the doped region 826 through a via hole 831d;
  • a via hole 832c is also provided on the dielectric material layer 83b, and the material of the via hole 832c specifically includes tungsten (W), dielectric
  • An electrode 862d is provided on the surface of the material layer 83b away from the dielectric material layer 83a, and the electrode 861d is connected to the electrode 862d through a via hole 832c. Then, when the electrode 862d or the electrode 861d is connected to a predetermined voltage, it means that the predetermined voltage is applied to the doped region 822 (drift region) and the doped region 826 (drain region).
  • an etching stop layer 863a and an anti-reflective coating 864a of the field plate 84b are also provided between the electrode 861a and the dielectric material layer 83b.
  • the material of the etching stop layer 863a may be a nitride, such as silicon nitride (SiN)
  • the material of the anti-reflective coating 864a may be a oxynitride, such as silicon oxynitride (SiON).
  • a stacked structure such as an etching stop layer 863a - an anti-reflective coating 864a - an etching stop layer 863a - an anti-reflective coating 864a can also be provided on the electrode 861a and the dielectric material layer 83b.
  • the embodiment of the present application is suitable for This is not limited.
  • the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device 80 is often to make a whole layer of semiconductor material and then etching. Therefore, the electrode 861a, the electrode 861b, the electrode 861c and the electrode 861d are made at the same time, and the semiconductor material layer on any electrode is also made at the same time. Then, an etching stop layer 863b and an anti-reflective coating 864b are also provided between the electrode 861b and the dielectric material layer 83b, wherein the via hole 832a passes through the etching stop layer 863b and the anti-reflective coating 864b and the electrode.
  • an etching stop layer 863c and an anti-reflective coating 864c are also provided between the electrode 861c and the dielectric material layer 83b, wherein the via hole 832b passes through the etching stop layer 863c and the anti-reflective coating 864c and contacts the electrode 861c ;
  • An etching stop layer 863d and an anti-reflective coating 864d are also provided between the electrode 861d and the dielectric material layer 83b, wherein the via hole 832c passes through the etching stop layer 863d and the anti-reflective coating 864d to contact the electrode 861d.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a schematic diagram of the principle of setting a field plate in LDMOS to increase the breakdown voltage.
  • the gate electrode 78 covers the doped region 821 and the contact surface of the doped region 822, wherein the projection of a part of the gate electrode 78 on the active layer 82 exists with the doped region 822. Overlapping, this part of the gate 78 is also called the gate protection layer (poly shielding) 781.
  • the gate protection layer poly shielding
  • the electric field strength E11 here is relatively large, and the dielectric layer here (that is, the insulating layer 88 between the gate electrode 78 and the active layer 82) is relatively thin, so that a large electric field strength E11 is possible
  • the dielectric layer is broken down, so the gate protection layer 781 has limited improvement in the breakdown voltage BV of the LDMOS.
  • the breakdown voltage BV of the LDMOS is related to the maximum voltage that the depletion layer of the PN junction formed by the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 can withstand, and is also related to the dielectric layer of the gate 78 (that is, the gate electrode 78 and the It is related to the withstand voltage of the insulating layer 88) between the active layers 82.
  • the withstand voltage of the dielectric layer of the gate 78 will be smaller. Therefore, in LDMOS, the breakdown voltage BV mainly depends on the dielectric layer of the gate 78. Withstand voltage.
  • a field plate 84a is provided on the side of the gate 78 close to the drain D.
  • an electric field intensity E12 will also be formed on the edge of the field plate 84a close to the drain D.
  • An electric field intensity E11 will also be formed at the edge of the gate protection layer 781 close to the drain D.
  • the electric field intensity E12 is greater than the electric field intensity E11.
  • the dielectric layer at the electric field intensity E12 (that is, between the field plate 84a and the active layer 82
  • the insulating layer (the insulating layer 851) shown in Figure 16 is thicker, so the larger electric field intensity E12 may not be enough to break down the dielectric layer here, so the gate protection layer 781 and the field plate 84a have no impact on the LDMOS.
  • the increase in breakdown voltage BV has a certain effect.
  • a field plate 84b is provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the drain D.
  • an electric field intensity E13 will also be formed on the edge of the field plate 84b close to the drain D.
  • the field plate 84a is close to the drain D.
  • An electric field strength E12 will also be formed at the edge of the gate protection layer 781 away from the source (s).
  • An electric field strength E11 will also be formed at the edge of the gate protective layer 781 away from the source (s).
  • the electric field strength E13 is greater than the electric field strength E12 and is greater than the electric field strength E11.
  • the electric field strength E13 The dielectric layer (that is, the insulating layer between the field plate 84b and the active layer 82, the dielectric material layer 83a between the field plate 84b and the active layer 82 as shown in Figure 16) is very thick, and the electric field intensity E13 may It is not enough to break down the dielectric layer here, so the gate protection layer 781 and the field plates 84a and 84b play a key role in increasing the breakdown voltage BV of the LDMOS.
  • the field plate 84a is in contact with the field plate 84b. Therefore, when the field plate needs to be connected to a predetermined voltage, the field plate 84a can be connected to the field plate 84b and the gate, which is equivalent to giving the field The same voltage value is applied to plate 84a and field plate 84b.
  • the gate is usually connected to a dynamic voltage, the current voltages of the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b change with the gate voltage.
  • the breakdown voltage of the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b to the semiconductor device 80 The increase in BV is relatively good, and at the same time, the specific on-resistance Ron,sp of the semiconductor device 80 is reduced.
  • the connection between the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b and the gate is equivalent to increasing the gate equivalent of the semiconductor device 80 Capacitance, the increase in the gate equivalent capacitance of the semiconductor device 80 will affect the operating efficiency of the semiconductor device 80.
  • the field plate can be connected to the gate. .
  • the specific connection method is shown in Figure 18, wherein the electrode 861a and the electrode 861b shown in Figure 16 can be electrically connected to form the electrode 861ab, wherein the electrode 861ab is disposed between the field plate 84a and the dielectric material layer 83b, and the electrode 861ab passes through
  • the via hole 831a is connected to the gate electrode 87, and the etching stop layer 863a and the etching stop layer 863b shown in Figure 16 are also merged into the etching stop layer 863ab (because it is an etching stop layer provided on the electrode 861ab), and
  • the anti-reflective coating 864a and the anti-reflective coating 864b shown in Figure 16 are also combined into the anti-reflective coating 864ab (it should be noted that the etching stop layer and the anti-reflective coating can also be provided on different layers in the manner of Figure 16
  • the area in contact between the via hole and the electrode is not merged, and the embodiments of the present application
  • the electrode 862a and the electrode 862b shown in FIG. 16 can be electrically connected to form an electrode. 862ab, wherein the electrode 862ab is disposed on the side of the field plate 84b away from the dielectric material layer 83a, and the electrode 862ab is also connected to the electrode 861b through the via hole 832a.
  • the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b may be connected to the source, which is equivalent to applying the same voltage value to the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b.
  • the current field plate 84a and field plate 84b can best improve the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device 80.
  • this situation will also affect the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device 80.
  • the field plate can be connected to the source in some semiconductor devices that have high requirements on the breakdown voltage BV and do not have high requirements on the specific on-resistance Ron,sp.
  • the specific connection method is shown in Figure 20, in which the electrode 861a and the electrode 861c shown in Figure 16 can be electrically connected to form the electrode 861ac, wherein the electrode 861ac is disposed between the field plate 84a and the dielectric material layer 83b, and the electrode 861ac passes through
  • the via hole 831b is connected to the doped region 824
  • the electrode 861ac is connected to the doped region 825 through the via hole 831c
  • the electrode 861b and the electrode 861ac need to be insulated by an insulating material, wherein the etching stop layer 863a shown in Figure 16
  • the etching stop layer 863c can also be combined into the etching stop layer 863ac shown in Figure 20 (because it is an etching stop layer provided on the electrode 861ac).
  • the anti-reflective coating 864a shown in Figure 16 and the anti-reflective coating 864c is also merged into the anti-reflective coating 864ac shown in Figure 20. Insulation is required between the etching stop layer 863b and the etching stop layer 863ac, and insulation is required between the anti-reflective coating 864ac and the anti-reflective coating 864b. Specifically, According to the position shown in FIG.
  • the electrode 861b and the electrode 861ac may be arranged at a predetermined distance in the direction perpendicular to the paper surface, so that the insulation between the electrode 861b and the electrode 861ac is achieved through the dielectric material layer 83a (it should be noted that , the etching stop layer and the anti-reflective coating can also be arranged in the contact areas between different via holes and electrodes in the manner of Figure 16 without merging, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this); and/or, refer to As shown in Figure 21, the electrode 862a and the electrode 862c shown in Figure 16 can be electrically connected to form an electrode 862ac, wherein the electrode 862ac is disposed on the side of the field plate 84b away from the dielectric material layer 83a, and the electrode 862ac is also connected to the field plate 862ac through the via hole 832b.
  • the electrode 861c is connected, and the electrode 862b and the electrode 862ac need to be insulated by an insulating material. Specifically, according to the position shown in Figure 21, the electrode 862b and the electrode 862ac can be set at a predetermined distance in the direction perpendicular to the paper surface. So that the insulation between the electrode 862b and the electrode 862ac is achieved through the dielectric material layer 83b.
  • an electrode 861 e may also be provided between the dielectric material layer 83 a and the dielectric material layer 83 b.
  • the electrode 861 a and the electrode 861e is located on both sides of the field plate 84b, and the electrode 861e is in contact with the field plate 84b.
  • the existence of the electrode 861e can not only determine the position of the field plate 84b, but also achieve the effect of increasing the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device 80.
  • the etching stop layer 863e and the anti-reflective coating 864e of the field plate 84b are also disposed between the electrode 861e and the dielectric material layer 83b.
  • the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b are not in contact with each other. Therefore, when the field plate needs to be connected to a predetermined voltage, the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b can be connected to the gate together.
  • the connection is equivalent to applying the same voltage value to the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b.
  • the electrode 861a and the electrode 861b can be electrically connected to form the electrode 861ab shown in Figure 18 to realize the connection between the field plate 84a and the gate electrode, and the electrode 862a and the electrode 862b can be electrically connected to form the electrode 862ab shown in Figure 19 to realize the field plate 84b and the gate electrode. connect.
  • the field plate 84 and the field plate 84b are connected to the source at the same time, which is equivalent to applying the same voltage value to the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b.
  • the electrode 861a and the electrode 861c can be electrically connected to form the electrode 861ac shown in Figure 20 to realize the connection between the field plate 84a and the source electrode
  • the electrode 862a and the electrode 862c can be electrically connected to form the electrode 862ac shown in Figure 21 to realize the field plate 84b and the source electrode. connect.
  • the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b are not in contact at this time, the field plate 84a can be connected to the gate and the field plate 84b can be connected to the source, which is equivalent to applying different voltages to the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b. Voltage value.
  • the specific connection method is shown in Figure 24, in which the electrode 861a and the electrode 861b shown in Figure 23 can be electrically connected to form an electrode 861ab, wherein the electrode 861ab is disposed between the field plate 84a and the dielectric material layer 83b, and the electrode 861ab passes through
  • the via hole 831a is connected to the gate electrode 87, and the etching stop layer 863a and the etching stop layer 863b shown in Figure 23 are also merged into the etching stop layer 863ab shown in Figure 24 (because the etching stop layer 863ab is provided on the electrode 861ab stop layer), and the anti-reflective coating 864a and the anti-reflective coating 864b shown in Figure 23 are also merged into the anti-reflective coating 864ab shown in Figure 24 (it should be noted that the etching stop layer and the anti-reflective coating are also They can be arranged in the areas where different via holes contact the electrodes in the manner of Figure 23 without merging
  • the electrode 862a and the electrode 862c shown in Figure 23 can be electrically connected to form the electrode 862ac shown in Figure 24, wherein the electrode 862ac is disposed on a side of the field plate 84b away from the dielectric material layer 83a, and the electrode 862ac is also connected to the electrode 862ac through the via hole 832b.
  • the electrode 861c is connected, and the electrode 862b and the electrode 862ac need to be insulated by an insulating material.
  • the electrode 862b and the electrode 862ac can be arranged at a predetermined distance in the direction perpendicular to the paper surface, So that the insulation between the electrode 862b and the electrode 862ac is achieved through the dielectric material layer 83b.
  • the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b are not in contact at this time, the field plate 84a can be connected to the source and the field plate 84b can be connected to the gate, which is equivalent to applying different voltages to the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b. Voltage value.
  • the specific connection method is shown in Figure 25.
  • the electrode 861a and the electrode 861c shown in Figure 23 can be electrically connected to form the electrode 861ac, wherein the electrode 861ac is disposed between the field plate 84a and the dielectric material layer 83b, and the electrode 861ac passes through the via hole.
  • the etching stop layer 863c can also be combined into the etching stop layer 863ac shown in Figure 25 (because it is an etching stop layer provided on the electrode 861ac), and the anti-reflective coating 864a and anti-reflective coating 864c shown in Figure 16 can also be combined.
  • the etching stop layer 863b When combined into the anti-reflective coating 864ac shown in Figure 25, the etching stop layer 863b needs to be insulated from the etching stop layer 863ac, and the anti-reflective coating 864ac and the anti-reflective coating 864b need to be insulated.
  • the position shown can be that the electrode 861b and the electrode 861ac are arranged at a predetermined distance in the direction perpendicular to the paper surface, so that the insulation between the electrode 861b and the electrode 861ac is achieved through the dielectric material layer 83a (it should be noted that the etching stops
  • the layer and the anti-reflective coating can also be arranged in the contact areas between different via holes and electrodes in the manner of Figure 23 without merging, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this).
  • the electrode 862a and the electrode 862b shown in Figure 23 can be electrically connected to form an electrode 862ab, wherein the electrode 862ab is disposed on a side of the field plate 84b away from the dielectric material layer 83a, and the electrode 862ab also passes through the via hole 832a. Connected to electrode 861b.
  • a via 832d can also be provided on the dielectric material layer 83b.
  • the material of the via 832d specifically includes tungsten (W).
  • An electrode 862e is provided on the surface of the dielectric material layer 83b away from the dielectric material layer 83a, and the electrode 861a is connected to the electrode 862e through a via hole 832d.
  • the via hole 832d passes through the etching stop layer 863a and the anti-reflective coating 864a to contact the electrode 861a.
  • the electrode 862e can be set to be connected to the electrode 862b.
  • the electrode 862e can be set to be connected to the electrode 862c.
  • the doped region 822 also includes an isolation trench 91 , the opening of the isolation trench 91 faces the dielectric material layer 83 a , and the projection of the field plate 84 b on the active layer 82 is aligned with the isolation trench 91 Overlap, at this time, due to the existence of the isolation trench 91, the material filled in the isolation trench 91 is an oxide, that is, an insulating material, so the dielectric layer between the field plate 84b and the active layer 82 of the current semiconductor device 80 ( That is, the thickness of the insulating layer between the field plate 84b and the active layer 82) will increase, so that the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device 80 increases again.
  • oxide that is, an insulating material
  • the isolation trench 91 is disposed in the doped region 822, and the isolation trench 91 is made of insulating material.
  • the semiconductor device 80 is turned on, the presence of the isolation trench 91 will sacrifice a certain specific on-resistance Ron,sp of the semiconductor device, so as to This makes the specific on-resistance Ron,sp increase.
  • the doped region 822 also includes an isolation trench 92, the opening of the isolation trench 92 faces the dielectric material layer 83a, and the projection and isolation of the field plate 84a on the active layer 82
  • the trenches 92 overlap, and the projection of the gate 87 on the active layer 82 overlaps with the isolation trench 92 .
  • the field plate 84a shown in Figure 28 is in contact with the sidewalls 89b of the gate 87
  • the field plate 84a shown in Figure 29 is not in contact with the sidewalls 89b of the gate 87.
  • the field plate 84a and the gate Whether the side wall 89b of the pole 87 contacts is not limited.
  • the dielectric layer that is, the field plate
  • the thickness of the dielectric layer between the gate electrode 87 and the active layer 82 (that is, the insulating layer between the gate electrode 87 and the active layer 82) will increase. The thickness will increase so that the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device 80 increases again.
  • the isolation trench 92 is disposed in the doped region 822, and the isolation trench 92 is made of insulating material. When the semiconductor device 80 is turned on, the presence of the isolation trench 92 will sacrifice a certain specific on-resistance Ron,sp of the semiconductor device, so that This makes the specific on-resistance Ron,sp increase.
  • an isolation trench 91 may be provided in the doped region 822 , with the opening of the isolation trench 91 facing the dielectric material layer 83 a and the field plate.
  • the projection of 84b on the active layer 82 overlaps with the isolation trench 91; an isolation trench 92 is also provided in the doped region 822, the opening of the isolation trench 92 faces the dielectric material layer 83a, and the field plate 84a is on the active layer 82
  • the projection of the gate electrode 87 on the active layer 82 overlaps with the isolation trench 92 .
  • the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device 80 will be maximum, but at the same time, a certain specific on-resistance Ron of the semiconductor device 80 will be sacrificed. ,sp, so that the specific on-resistance Ron,sp increases.
  • isolation trench 91, isolation trench 92, field plate 84a is electrically connected to the gate
  • field plate 84a is electrically connected to the source
  • field plate 84b is electrically connected to the gate
  • field plate 84b is electrically connected to the source
  • other different semiconductor devices The arrangement modes of can be combined with each other, and the above-mentioned arrangement mode of the semiconductor device does not limit whether the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b in the semiconductor device 80 are in contact or not.
  • combining one or more different arrangement modes requires The selection is made according to the application performance requirements of the specific semiconductor device 80. Those skilled in the art can make any combination based on the content disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. This application intends to include all the above combinations.
  • a buried oxide layer 90 and an epitaxial layer 91 are further provided between the substrate 81 and the active layer 82 .
  • a buried oxide layer 90 is usually formed on a wafer substrate, and then an epitaxial layer 91 is formed.
  • the doping types of the buried oxide layer 90 and the epitaxial layer 91 are different, and then an active layer is disposed on the epitaxial layer 91 Layer 82.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
  • the semiconductor device 80 when manufacturing the semiconductor device 80 , the semiconductor device 80 and other semiconductor devices are usually manufactured on the same wafer. Therefore, in the semiconductor device 80 , the substrate 81 is provided with isolation trenches 93 and The openings of the isolation trench 94, the isolation trench 93 and the isolation trench 94 face the dielectric material layer 83a; the active layer 82 is disposed between the isolation trench 92 and the isolation trench 94. Then, the semiconductor device 80 fabricated on the same wafer can be isolated from other semiconductor devices through the isolation trench 93 and the isolation trench 94, so that the active layers of different semiconductor devices will not be connected.
  • a semiconductor process simulation and device simulation tool (technology computer aided design, TCAD) is used to simulate an LDMOS using only one field plate. Since there is only one field plate c1, the field plate A strong electric field intensity is formed between c1 and the active layer, and the dielectric layer between the field plate c1 and the active layer is thin.
  • the abscissa represents the voltage Vd in volts (V)
  • the ordinate represents the current Id in ampere (A).
  • the breakdown voltage BV of LDMOS with only one field plate c1 is 31 Volt (V).
  • TCAD is used to simulate an LDMOS using a field plate 84 a and a field plate 84 b , where an electric field intensity is formed between the field plate 84 a and the active layer, and an electric field intensity is formed between the field plate 84 a and the active layer.
  • the dielectric layer between the field plate 84b and the active layer is thin, and another electric field intensity is formed between the field plate 84b and the active layer, and the dielectric layer between the field plate 84b and the active layer is thicker. Referring to the arrangement of the field plate 84a and the field plate 84a shown in FIG.
  • the on-current of the LDMOS with one field plate c1 is almost the same as that of the LDMOS with field plate 84a and field plate 84b in Figure 35, which means that the LDMOS with one field plate c1 in Figure 33 is different from the LDMOS with field plate 84a and field plate 84 in Figure 35.
  • the specific on-resistance Ron,sp of the LDMOS of the plate 84b is close to the same.
  • the breakdown voltage BV of the LDMOS with the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b in FIG. 35 is 42V as shown in FIG. 36.
  • one field plate is used.
  • the breakdown voltage BV of the LDMOS of c1 is 31V as shown in Figure 34. It can be seen that the breakdown voltage BV of the LDMOS provided with field plates 84a and 84b is increased by 35% compared to the breakdown voltage BV of the LDMOS using one field plate c1. %above.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, wherein the method includes:
  • a generally obtained wafer only has a substrate 81 , and the active layer can be directly produced on the substrate 81 .
  • the buried oxide layer 90 is first formed on the wafer substrate, and then the epitaxial layer 91 is formed.
  • the doping of the buried oxide layer 90 and the epitaxial layer 91 is The impurity types are different.
  • the doping type of the buried oxide layer 90 is N type
  • the doping type of the epitaxial layer 91 is P type.
  • an active layer is disposed on the epitaxial layer 91 .
  • isolation trenches usually need to be formed on the substrate 81 .
  • photoresist can be coated on the substrate 81, and then photolithography is performed through a light shielding plate on top of the photoresist to form the isolation trench window p1 and the isolation trench window p2, and the isolation trench window p2 is formed through an etching process.
  • the area of isolation trench 1 is formed below the isolation trench window p1, and the area of isolation trench 2 is formed below the isolation trench window p2.
  • high density plasma (high density plus, HDP) deposition (DEP) is used to form the area of isolation trench 2.
  • the area of trench 1 is filled with oxide, and the area of isolation trench 2 is filled with oxide. Then, an isolation trench 93 is formed in the area of isolation trench 1, and an isolation trench 94 is formed in the area of isolation trench 2. Finally, chemical mechanical polishing (CMP, also called chemical mechanical polishing) is used to remove excess oxide in the opening direction of isolation grooves 93 and 94 to form isolation grooves 93 and isolation grooves 94 as shown in FIG. 40 , the area between the isolation trench 93 and the isolation trench 94 is the active layer.
  • CMP chemical mechanical polishing
  • the isolation trench 91 and the isolation trench 92 shown in FIG. 30 need to be formed in the semiconductor device, the isolation trench 91 and the isolation trench 92 can also be made simultaneously when the isolation trench 93 and the isolation trench 94 are made.
  • the isolation trench 91 And the manufacturing steps of the isolation trench 92 are similar to the manufacturing steps of the isolation trench 93 and the isolation trench 94 .
  • a photoresist is coated on the active layer between the isolation trench 93 and the isolation trench 94, and then photolithography is performed through a light shield above the photoresist to form a window p3 in the doped area.
  • the dopant of the first doping type is injected into the window p3 of the doped region through ion implantation (IMP) to form the doped region 822 (that is, the second doped region).
  • IMP ion implantation
  • a photoresist is coated on the active layer between the isolation trench 93 and the isolation trench 94, and then photolithography is performed on the photoresist through a light shield to form a window p4 in the doped area.
  • a dopant of the second doping type is injected into the window p4 of the doped region through ion implantation (IMP) to form a doped region 821 (that is, the first doped region).
  • IMP ion implantation
  • the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 are provided in the active layer, and the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 are in contact to form a contact surface.
  • the doped region 823 shown in Figure 15 is formed at the same time when the doped region 822 is formed, where, The doping region 822 and the doping region 823 have the same doping type, and the doping region 822 and the doping region 821 have different doping types.
  • the doping region 823 and the doping region 822 are located on both sides of the doping region 821 .
  • the first doping type of dopant may be an N-type dopant, so that the doping type of the doped region 822 is N-type, and the second type of dopant may be a P-type doping region, so that The doping type of the doped region 821 is P type.
  • the first doping type of dopant may be a P-type dopant, such that the doping type of the doped region 822 is P type, and the second type of dopant may be an N-type doping region, such that The doping type of the doped region 821 is N type.
  • the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices often involves forming many semiconductor devices on the same wafer at the same time. For example, based on the BCD process flow, after forming the doped region 821 and the doped region 822, it is also necessary to Well regions of other different semiconductor devices are formed through photolithography and ion implantation.
  • the process is described after injecting dopants into the active layer to form a first doped region and a second doped region, and before forming at least two dielectric material layers on the active layer.
  • an insulating layer needs to be grown above the active layer.
  • the insulating layer is also called a gate oxide layer.
  • the insulating layer 88 can be grown on the surface of the active layer through a furnace tube.
  • the thickness of the insulating layer 88 grown at this time is the same on each semiconductor device.
  • some semiconductor devices do not require a thick insulating layer, so in In areas where a thick insulating layer is not required, the insulating layer is thinned through photolithography and etching processes.
  • polysilicon (poly) is deposited (DEP) through a furnace tube to form a gate 87 on top of the insulating layer 88 .
  • the polysilicon formed covers the entire active layer like the insulating layer 88 shown in FIG. 43 . layer, then it is necessary to form a gate electrode 87 and an insulating layer 88 of a predetermined shape as shown in Figure 44 through photolithography and etching processes.
  • the gate electrode 87 and the active layer are insulated by the insulating layer 88.
  • the gate electrode 87 The contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 is covered.
  • spacer structures are formed on both sides of the gate 87 .
  • spacers 89 a and 89 b are formed on the active layer by depositing spacer materials.
  • the gate 87 is located between the spacers 89 a and the side walls. Between the wall 89b, the spacer 89a is in contact with the gate electrode 87 and the doped region 821, and the spacer 89b is in contact with the gate electrode 87 and the doped region 822.
  • a doped region 825 and a doped region 826 are formed.
  • photoresist is coated on the active layer, and then photolithography is performed on the photoresist through a light shield to form the doped region.
  • the window p5 of the doped region and the window p6 of the doped region are injected with a dopant of the first doping type into the window p5 of the doped region and the window p6 of the doped region through ion implantation (IMP), forming a doped Doping region 825 and doping region 825, wherein the doping type of doping region 825 and doping region 826 is the same as the doping type of doping region 822, and the doping type of doping region 825 and doping region 826 is the same as that of doping region 822.
  • the doping type of the impurity region 821 is opposite.
  • a doped region 824 is formed.
  • photoresist is coated on the active layer, and then photolithography is performed through a light shielding plate above the photoresist to form a window p7 in the doped region.
  • a dopant of the second doping type is injected into the window p7 of the doping region through ion implantation (IMP) to form a doping region 824, where the doping type of the doping region 824 is the same as that of the doping region 821.
  • IMP ion implantation
  • the doping type is the same, and the doping type of the doped region 824 is opposite to that of the doped region 822 .
  • an insulating layer 851 and an etching stop layer 852 are formed.
  • the insulating layer 851 and the etching stop layer 852 can be formed above the doped region 822.
  • the insulating layer 851 can be in contact with the gate electrode 87, It may also be in contact with the sidewalls 89b of the gate 87, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. More specifically, this step can be implemented using the SAB process.
  • the SAB process has been widely used in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices, and the embodiments of the present application will not be described in detail here.
  • the doped region of LDMOS and the basic semiconductor material layer have been produced.
  • the above steps may also include other ion implantation and semiconductor material layer setting processes.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this. .
  • a dielectric material 83a is produced.
  • an oxide is deposited by chemical vapor deposition (CVD) to form a dielectric material layer 83a.
  • the dielectric material layer 83a covers the active layer, gate electrode 87, isolation trench 93 and isolation trench 94, use chemical mechanical polishing (CMP, also called chemical mechanical polishing) to smooth the surface of the side of the dielectric material layer 83a away from the active layer, and then , apply photoresist on the dielectric material layer 83a, and then perform photolithography through a light shielding plate on top of the photoresist to form the opening p8 of the via hole 831b, the opening p9 of the via hole 831c, and the opening of the via hole 831a.
  • CMP chemical mechanical polishing
  • the window p10, the window p11 of the field plate 84a, and the window p12 of the via 831d are formed through an etching process to form the area of the via 831b below the window p8 of the via 831b, and the area of the via 831b is formed under the window p9 of the via 831c.
  • the via hole 831c is formed below, the via hole 831a is formed below the window p10 of the via hole 831a, the field plate 84a is formed below the window p11 of the field plate 84a, and the via hole 831d is formed below the window p12. Area of hole 831d.
  • the area of the etching field plate 84a is etched just until the insulating layer 851 stops etching, and a part of the etching stop layer 852 is etched away.
  • the etching of the via hole is directly etched to the silicon (which can be the gate 87 of polysilicon, or doped regions in the active layer).
  • etching the area of the field plate 84a when etching the area of the field plate 84a as described above, two-step etching is often performed, namely main etching and over-etching.
  • main etching the area of the field plate 84a is etched within the etching process.
  • the etching stop layer 852 when over-etching, may be etched through so that the area of the field plate 84a is in contact with the insulating layer 851, or the etching stop layer 852 may not be etched through so that the field plate 84a is in contact with the insulating layer 851. A portion of the etching stop layer 852 remains between the area 84a and the insulating layer 851.
  • HDP high density plasma
  • DEP high density plasma
  • CMP chemical mechanical polishing
  • a layer of electrode 861 is deposited on the side of the dielectric material layer 83a away from the active layer through a metal sputtering process.
  • the electrode 861 serves as the first electrode layer of the semiconductor device.
  • an etching stop layer 863 and an anti-reflective coating 864 are deposited on the electrode 861 .
  • nitride specifically silicon nitride (SiN)
  • SiON silicon oxynitride
  • photoresist and anti-reflective coating are the same. They both block a part of the semiconductor material layer and expose another part of the semiconductor material layer, thereby realizing subsequent manufacturing steps in the exposed part of the semiconductor material layer. .
  • the photoresist and the anti-reflective coating use the same material. In other embodiments, the photoresist and the anti-reflective coating use different materials. This is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the electrode 861c is connected to the doped region 824 through the via hole 831b
  • the electrode 861c is connected to the doped region 825 through the via hole 831c
  • the electrode 861b is connected to the gate electrode 87 through the via hole 831a
  • the electrode 861a is in contact with the field plate 84a
  • the electrode 861d It is connected to the doped region 826 through the via hole 831d.
  • a dielectric material 83b is produced.
  • an oxide is deposited by chemical vapor deposition (CVD) to form a dielectric material layer 83b.
  • the dielectric material layer 83b covers anti-reflection
  • the coating and dielectric material layer 83a are polished by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP, also called chemical mechanical polishing) on the surface of the side of the dielectric material layer 83b away from the dielectric material layer 83a.
  • CMP chemical mechanical polishing
  • An anti-reflective coating 865 is provided on the side of the electrical material layer 83b away from the dielectric material layer 83a.
  • photolithography is performed on the anti-reflective coating 865 to form the windows p13 , p14 , p15 , p16 and p17 .
  • the dielectric material layer 84b (oxide) and the anti-reflective coating under the windows p13, p14, p15, p16 and p17 are removed through an etching process.
  • 864 (oxynitride) that is, anti-reflective coating 864c, anti-reflective coating 864b, anti-reflective coating 864a, anti-reflective coating 864d
  • etching to the etching stop layer 863 that is, etching
  • the etching stop layer 863c, the etching stop layer 863b, the etching stop layer 863a, and the etching stop layer 863d stop this etching. It should be noted that this etching step may be called main etching, and the etching stop layer 863 is the etching stop layer for the main etching.
  • the etching stop layer 863 (that is, the etching stop layer 863c, the etching stop layer 863b, the etching stop layer 863a, the etching stop layer 863a, the etching stop layer 863 under the window p13, the window p14, the window p15, and the window p17
  • the thickness of the etch stop layer 863d has little change or is etched away little.
  • the gas used for etching is adjusted to etch the nitride.
  • etching is performed on the basis of the etching shown in Figure 56, and only the nitride is etched. Due to the etching under the window p13, the window p14, the window p15 and the window p17
  • the etching stop layer 863 is a nitride.
  • the etching stop layer 863 (that is, the etching stop layer 863c, the etching stop layer 863b, the etching stop layer 863b, the etching stop layer 863 under the window p13, the window p14, the window p15, and the window p17
  • the etching stop layer 863a, the etching stop layer 863d) will be etched downward to the electrode 861 (that is, the electrode 861c, the electrode 861b, the electrode 861a, the electrode 861d), and the dielectric material layer 83a (oxide) under the window p16 There is little change in thickness or little is etched away.
  • the electrode 861 (that is, the electrode 861c, the electrode 861b, the electrode 861a, and the electrode 861d) under the window p16 and the window p17 is etched so that the bottom of the window p16 is etched until it is in complete contact with the electrode 861a. At this time, and the electrode 861 is opened.
  • the electrode 861c below the window p13, the electrode 861b below the window p14, the electrode 861a below the window p15, and the electrode 861d below the window p17 will also be partially etched away. It should be noted that this step of etching can be called For over etching,.
  • the electrode 861 is a sandwich structure (Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti) formed by titanium nitride, titanium, and aluminum. Therefore, the etching shown in Figure 58 above ensures that titanium nitride, titanium, and aluminum are formed.
  • the sandwich structure (Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti) does not etch aluminum, and it is best to only etch away part of titanium nitride or titanium.
  • conductive material is filled using high density plasma (HDP) deposition (DEP).
  • HDP high density plasma
  • tungsten (W) can be deposited , and then form the via hole 832b, the via hole 832a, the via hole 832c, the field plate 84b and the via hole 832d, and polish the via hole 832b, the via hole 832a, and the via hole 832d through chemical mechanical polishing (CMP, also called chemical mechanical polishing).
  • CMP chemical mechanical polishing
  • a layer of electrode 862 is deposited on the etched area of the dielectric material layer 83b again through a metal sputtering process (metal sputtering).
  • This electrode 862 serves as the second electrode layer of the semiconductor device.
  • the electrode 861c is finally connected to the electrode 862c through the via hole 832b
  • the electrode 861b is connected to the electrode 862b through the via hole 832a
  • the electrode 862e is connected to the electrode 862a through the via hole 832d
  • the field plate 84b is in contact with the electrode 832a
  • the electrode 861c is finally formed.
  • 861d is connected to the electrode 862d through the via hole 832c.
  • the electrode 862e and the via hole 832b may not be provided, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the above-mentioned manufacturing steps can be adjusted arbitrarily, and certain steps can be added or deleted.
  • the gate electrode may be formed first and then the doped region 821 may be formed.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the order of the steps.
  • the content produced in the above steps can be more or less, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this. For example, more via holes can be produced at one time.
  • the field plate since in the semiconductor device, the field plate penetrates the dielectric material layer, and the dielectric material layer needs to be provided with via holes to connect the metal electrodes on both sides of the dielectric material layer or Metal electrodes and semiconductor material layers, then when the field plate penetrates the dielectric material, the field plate in the semiconductor device can be made while making the via hole, so that the field plate in the manufactured semiconductor device does not require additional photolithography and etching step, thereby saving the cost of providing field plates in semiconductor devices.
  • the above-mentioned anti-reflective coating 865 can be washed away. This is not done in the embodiment of the present application. limited.
  • the above-mentioned photoresist and/or anti-reflective coating 864 can also be cleaned after use, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

Abstract

The embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of semiconductors. Provided are a semiconductor device, an integrated circuit and an electronic device. The semiconductor device has both a high breakdown voltage BV and a low specific on-state resistance Ron,sp. The semiconductor device comprises: a substrate; an active layer, which is arranged on the substrate, wherein the active layer comprises a first doped region and a second doped region in contact with the first doped region, the first doped region and the second doped region having different doping types; at least two dielectric material layers, which are arranged on the active layer; and at least two field plates, which are arranged in the dielectric material layers, wherein each field plate penetrates one or more dielectric material layers, a projection of each field plate on the active layer overlaps with the second doped region, and the end of each field plate close to the active layer is insulated from the active layer.

Description

半导体器件、集成电路以及电子设备Semiconductor devices, integrated circuits and electronic equipment 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及半导体技术领域,尤其是涉及一种半导体器件、集成电路以及电子设备。This application relates to the field of semiconductor technology, and in particular to a semiconductor device, integrated circuit and electronic equipment.
背景技术Background technique
目前,绝大多数电子设备中都有设置有集成电路,例如电源管理集成电路、显示驱动集成电路等,不同的集成电路中包括用于实现其功能的一个或多个半导体器件。其中,在一些功率型集成电路中,最常用的半导体器件为横向双扩散金属氧化物半导体场效应晶体管(lateral double-diffused metal oxide semiconductor,LDMOS)。Currently, most electronic devices are equipped with integrated circuits, such as power management integrated circuits, display driver integrated circuits, etc. Different integrated circuits include one or more semiconductor devices used to implement their functions. Among them, in some power integrated circuits, the most commonly used semiconductor device is the lateral double-diffused metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor (LDMOS).
LDMOS具有易驱动且频率高等优点,LDMOS中最主要的性能是击穿电压(breakdown voltage,BV)和比导通电阻(specific on-state resistance,Ron,sp)。但是硅极限定义击穿电压BV正比于比导通电阻。因此获取兼具高击穿电压BV以及低比导通电阻Ron,sp的半导体器件,是目前亟需解决的问题。LDMOS has the advantages of easy driving and high frequency. The most important properties of LDMOS are breakdown voltage (breakdown voltage, BV) and specific on-state resistance (Ron, sp). But the silicon limit defines that the breakdown voltage BV is proportional to the specific on-resistance. Therefore, obtaining a semiconductor device with both high breakdown voltage BV and low specific on-resistance Ron,sp is an urgent problem that needs to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请的实施例提供了一种半导体器件、集成电路以及电子设备,该半导体器件兼具高击穿电压BV以及低比导通电阻Ron,sp。Embodiments of the present application provide a semiconductor device, an integrated circuit, and an electronic device. The semiconductor device has both high breakdown voltage BV and low specific on-resistance Ron,sp.
为达到上述目的,本申请的实施例提供如下技术方案:In order to achieve the above objectives, embodiments of the present application provide the following technical solutions:
第一方面,提供了一种半导体器件,包括:衬底;设置于衬底上的有源层;有源层包括第一掺杂区域以及与第一掺杂区域接触的第二掺杂区域,第一掺杂区域与第二掺杂区域的掺杂类型不同;设置于有源层上的至少两层介电材料层;以及设置于介电材料层中的至少两个场板,场板贯穿一层或多层介电材料层,并且场板在有源层上的投影与第二掺杂区域存在交叠,场板靠近有源层的一端与有源层绝缘。示例性的,当第二掺杂区域的连接至高电压时,此时,如不存在场板,那么第二掺杂区域连接的高电压将在第一掺杂区域与第二掺杂区域的接触面处集中,该集中的电场强度就可能将第一掺杂区域与第二掺杂区域的的接触面击穿。那么在场板存在时,当第二掺杂区域连接至同样的高电压时,场板在有源层上的投影远离第一掺杂区域的一侧将形成第一电场强度,场板在有源层上的投影靠近第一掺杂区域的一侧将形成第二电场强度,且第一电场强度大于第二电场强度,那么当前的第一掺杂区域与第二掺杂区域的接触面上集中到的电场强度就减弱一些,也就是说,场板将第一掺杂区域与第二掺杂区域的接触面上集中到的电场强度进行弱化,进而使得半导体器件的击穿电压BV变高。同时,场板与有源层绝缘,那么在半导体器件导通,也就是第一掺杂区域与第二掺杂区域导通时,场板并不会对有源层中的载流子的传输造成影响,进而也就不会影响半导体器件的比导通电阻Ron,sp,以获取到高击穿电压BV以及低比导通电阻Ron,sp的半导体器件。In a first aspect, a semiconductor device is provided, including: a substrate; an active layer provided on the substrate; the active layer includes a first doped region and a second doped region in contact with the first doped region, The doping types of the first doped region and the second doped region are different; at least two dielectric material layers provided on the active layer; and at least two field plates provided in the dielectric material layer, the field plates passing through One or more dielectric material layers, and the projection of the field plate on the active layer overlaps with the second doped region, and one end of the field plate close to the active layer is insulated from the active layer. For example, when the second doped region is connected to a high voltage, if there is no field plate, then the high voltage connected to the second doped region will be at the contact between the first doped region and the second doped region. The concentrated electric field intensity may cause breakdown of the contact surface between the first doped region and the second doped region. Then when the field plate exists, when the second doped region is connected to the same high voltage, the projection of the field plate on the active layer will form a first electric field intensity on the side away from the first doped region. The projection on the layer will form a second electric field intensity on the side close to the first doped region, and the first electric field intensity is greater than the second electric field intensity. Then the current contact surface between the first doped region and the second doped region is concentrated. The intensity of the electric field received is weakened, that is to say, the field plate weakens the intensity of the electric field concentrated on the contact surface between the first doped region and the second doped region, thereby causing the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device to become higher. At the same time, the field plate is insulated from the active layer, so when the semiconductor device is turned on, that is, when the first doped region and the second doped region are turned on, the field plate will not affect the transmission of carriers in the active layer. It will affect the specific on-resistance Ron,sp of the semiconductor device, so as to obtain a semiconductor device with high breakdown voltage BV and low specific on-resistance Ron,sp.
可选的,至少两层介电材料层包括第一介电材料层与第二介电材料层;第一介电材料层设置于有源层上远离衬底的一侧;第二介电材料层设置于第一介电材料层上远离衬底的一侧;至少两个场板包括第一场板以及第二场板;第一场板贯穿第一介电材 料层,第一场板与第二介电材料层之间设置有第一电极;第二场板贯穿第一介电材料层以及第二介电材料层,第二场板远离有源层的表面上设置有第二电极。在该可选方式中,具体示出了两层介电材料层以及两个场板的制作方式,并且在两个场板上都设置有电极,因为在场板没有确定的电压值时,场板会处于悬浮状态(floating),处于悬浮状态会使得半导体器件的稳定性变差。因此,需要就可以通过设置在场板上的电极连接至预定电压给场板一个确定的电压值。Optionally, the at least two dielectric material layers include a first dielectric material layer and a second dielectric material layer; the first dielectric material layer is disposed on a side of the active layer away from the substrate; the second dielectric material layer The layer is disposed on the side of the first dielectric material layer away from the substrate; the at least two field plates include a first field plate and a second field plate; the first field plate penetrates the first dielectric material layer, and the first field plate and A first electrode is disposed between the second dielectric material layers; a second field plate penetrates the first dielectric material layer and the second dielectric material layer; and a second electrode is disposed on a surface of the second field plate away from the active layer. In this optional method, the production method of two dielectric material layers and two field plates is specifically shown, and electrodes are provided on both field plates, because when the field plates do not have a determined voltage value, the field plates It will be in a floating state, which will make the stability of the semiconductor device worse. Therefore, if necessary, the field plate can be given a certain voltage value by connecting the electrodes provided on the field plate to a predetermined voltage.
可选的,第一介电材料层与第二介电材料层之间还设置有第三电极,第一电极与所述第三电极位于第二场板的两侧。在该可选方案中,第一电极与第三电极位于第二场板的两侧,那么在制作第二场板时,可以通过第一电极与第三电极确定第二场板的具体位置。Optionally, a third electrode is further provided between the first dielectric material layer and the second dielectric material layer, and the first electrode and the third electrode are located on both sides of the second field plate. In this alternative, the first electrode and the third electrode are located on both sides of the second field plate, so when making the second field plate, the specific position of the second field plate can be determined by the first electrode and the third electrode.
可选的,第一场板与第二场板接触或不接触。在该可选方案中,在第一场板与第二场板接触时可以给第一场板与第二场板施加相同的电压值,在第一场板和第二场板不接触时,可以给第一场板与第二场板施加相同或不同的电压值。Optionally, the first field plate is in contact with the second field plate or not. In this alternative solution, the same voltage value can be applied to the first field plate and the second field plate when the first field plate and the second field plate are in contact. When the first field plate and the second field plate are not in contact, the same voltage value can be applied to the first field plate and the second field plate. The same or different voltage values may be applied to the first field plate and the second field plate.
可选的,还包括:设置于有源层上的栅极,栅极与有源层绝缘;栅极覆盖第一掺杂区域与第二掺杂区域的接触面;第一介电材料层上设置有第一过孔,第一介电材料层与第二介电材料层之间设置有第四电极,第四电极通过第一过孔与栅极连接。Optionally, it also includes: a gate electrode disposed on the active layer, the gate electrode being insulated from the active layer; the gate electrode covering the contact surface between the first doped region and the second doped region; on the first dielectric material layer A first via hole is provided, a fourth electrode is provided between the first dielectric material layer and the second dielectric material layer, and the fourth electrode is connected to the gate electrode through the first via hole.
可选的,第二介电材料层上设置有第二过孔,第二介电材料层上远离第一介电材料层的表面上设置有第五电极,第四电极通过第二过孔与第五电极连接。Optionally, a second via hole is provided on the second dielectric material layer, a fifth electrode is provided on a surface of the second dielectric material layer away from the first dielectric material layer, and the fourth electrode is connected to the second dielectric material layer through the second via hole. The fifth electrode is connected.
可选的,第四电极与第一电极电连接。在该可选方案中,由于第四电极通过第一过孔与栅极连接,第一电极设置于第一场板上,那么在第四电极与第一电极电连接时,也就表示将第一场板与栅极连接,以此实现对半导体器件的击穿电压的调整。Optionally, the fourth electrode is electrically connected to the first electrode. In this alternative, since the fourth electrode is connected to the gate through the first via hole and the first electrode is disposed on the first field plate, when the fourth electrode is electrically connected to the first electrode, it means that the fourth electrode is electrically connected to the first electrode. The field plate is connected to the gate to adjust the breakdown voltage of the semiconductor device.
可选的,第五电极与第二电极电连接。在该可选方案中,由于第四电极通过第一过孔与栅极连接,第四电极通过第二过孔与第五电极连接,第二电极设置于第二场板上,那么在第五电极与第二电极电连接时,也就表示将第二场板与栅极连接,以此实现对半导体器件的击穿电压的调整。Optionally, the fifth electrode is electrically connected to the second electrode. In this alternative, since the fourth electrode is connected to the gate through the first via hole, the fourth electrode is connected to the fifth electrode through the second via hole, and the second electrode is disposed on the second field plate, then on the fifth When the electrode is electrically connected to the second electrode, it means that the second field plate is connected to the gate, thereby adjusting the breakdown voltage of the semiconductor device.
可选的,第一掺杂区域中还包括第三掺杂区域以及与第三掺杂区域接触的第四掺杂区域,第三掺杂区域与第一掺杂区域的掺杂类型相同,第四掺杂区域与第一掺杂区域的掺杂类型不同,第四掺杂区域靠近第二掺杂区域并且不与第二掺杂区域接触;第一介电材料层上还设置有第三过孔以及第四过孔,第一介电材料层与第二介电材料层之间还设置有第六电极,第六电极通过第三过孔与第三掺杂区域连接,第六电极通过第四过孔与第四掺杂区域连接;第二介电材料层上还设置有第五过孔,第二介电材料层远离第一介电材料层的表面上设置有第七电极,第六电极通过第五过孔与第七电极连接。Optionally, the first doped region also includes a third doped region and a fourth doped region that is in contact with the third doped region. The third doped region has the same doping type as the first doped region. The fourth doped region has a different doping type from the first doped region. The fourth doped region is close to the second doped region and is not in contact with the second doped region; a third pass is also provided on the first dielectric material layer. hole and a fourth via hole, a sixth electrode is also provided between the first dielectric material layer and the second dielectric material layer, the sixth electrode is connected to the third doped region through the third via hole, and the sixth electrode passes through the third via hole. The four via holes are connected to the fourth doped region; a fifth via hole is also provided on the second dielectric material layer; a seventh electrode is provided on the surface of the second dielectric material layer away from the first dielectric material layer; The electrode is connected to the seventh electrode through the fifth via hole.
可选的,第六电极与第一电极电连接,和/或,第七电极与第二电极电连接。在该可选方案中,由于第六电极通过第四过孔与第四掺杂区域连接,第一电极设置于第一场板上,那么在第六电极与第一电极电连接时,也就表示将第一场板与第四掺杂区域连接,以此实现对半导体器件的击穿电压的调整;和/或,由于第六电极通过第四过孔与第四掺杂区域连接,第六电极通过第五过孔与第七电极连接,第二电极设置于第二场板上,那么在第七电极与第二电极电连接时,也就表示将第二场板与第四掺杂区域 连接,以此实现对半导体器件的击穿电压的调整。Optionally, the sixth electrode is electrically connected to the first electrode, and/or the seventh electrode is electrically connected to the second electrode. In this alternative, since the sixth electrode is connected to the fourth doped region through the fourth via hole and the first electrode is disposed on the first field plate, when the sixth electrode is electrically connected to the first electrode, that is It means that the first field plate is connected to the fourth doped region to adjust the breakdown voltage of the semiconductor device; and/or, because the sixth electrode is connected to the fourth doped region through the fourth via hole, the sixth electrode The electrode is connected to the seventh electrode through the fifth via hole, and the second electrode is disposed on the second field plate. When the seventh electrode is electrically connected to the second electrode, it means that the second field plate is connected to the fourth doped region. connection to adjust the breakdown voltage of the semiconductor device.
可选的,第二掺杂区域中还包括第五掺杂区域,第五掺杂区域与第二掺杂区域的掺杂类型相同,并且第五掺杂区域不与第一掺杂区域接触;第一介电材料层上设置有第六过孔,第一介电材料层与第二介电材料层之间还设置有第八电极,第八电极通过第六过孔与第五掺杂区域连接;第二介电材料层上还设置有第七过孔,第二介电材料层远离第一介电材料层的表面上设置有第九电极,第八电极通过第七过孔与第九电极连接。Optionally, the second doped region also includes a fifth doped region, the fifth doped region has the same doping type as the second doped region, and the fifth doped region is not in contact with the first doped region; A sixth via hole is provided on the first dielectric material layer, and an eighth electrode is provided between the first dielectric material layer and the second dielectric material layer. The eighth electrode passes through the sixth via hole and the fifth doped region. Connection; a seventh via hole is also provided on the second dielectric material layer, a ninth electrode is provided on the surface of the second dielectric material layer away from the first dielectric material layer, and the eighth electrode communicates with the ninth electrode through the seventh via hole. Electrode connections.
可选的,第二掺杂区域中还包括第一隔离槽,第一隔离槽的开口朝向第一介电材料层,第二场板在有源层上的投影与第一隔离槽存在交叠。在该可选方案中,由于第一隔离槽通常为氧化物等绝缘材料,因此第一隔离槽的存在使得第二场板与有源层之间的绝缘材料的厚度提升,进而也有提升击穿电压BV的效果。Optionally, the second doped region also includes a first isolation trench, the opening of the first isolation trench faces the first dielectric material layer, and the projection of the second field plate on the active layer overlaps with the first isolation trench. . In this alternative, since the first isolation trench is usually made of insulating material such as oxide, the presence of the first isolation trench increases the thickness of the insulating material between the second field plate and the active layer, thereby also increasing breakdown Effect of voltage BV.
可选的,第二掺杂区域中还包括第二隔离槽,第二隔离槽的开口朝向第一介电材料层,第一场板在有源层上的投影与第二隔离槽存在交叠,栅极在有源层上的投影与第二隔离槽存在交叠。在该可选方案中,由于第二隔离槽通常为氧化物等绝缘材料,因此第二隔离槽的存在使得第一场板与有源层之间的绝缘材料的厚度提升,也使得栅极与有源层之间的绝缘材料的厚度提升,进而也有提升击穿电压BV的效果。Optionally, the second doped region also includes a second isolation trench, the opening of the second isolation trench faces the first dielectric material layer, and the projection of the first field plate on the active layer overlaps with the second isolation trench. , the projection of the gate on the active layer overlaps with the second isolation trench. In this alternative, since the second isolation trench is usually made of insulating material such as oxide, the presence of the second isolation trench increases the thickness of the insulating material between the first field plate and the active layer, and also increases the thickness of the insulating material between the gate and the active layer. The thickness of the insulating material between the active layers increases, which also has the effect of increasing the breakdown voltage BV.
可选的,第一场板与栅极之间绝缘。Optionally, the first field plate is insulated from the gate.
可选的,第一电极与第二介电材料层之间还设置有第一刻蚀停止层与抗反射涂层。在该可选方式中,第一刻蚀停止层的存在使得第二场板方便制作。Optionally, a first etching stop layer and an anti-reflective coating are further provided between the first electrode and the second dielectric material layer. In this alternative, the presence of the first etch stop layer facilitates fabrication of the second field plate.
可选的,第一场板靠近有源层的一侧还设置有第二刻蚀停止层以及绝缘层。Optionally, a second etching stop layer and an insulating layer are also provided on a side of the first field plate close to the active layer.
可选的,有源层上还设置有第一侧墙和第二侧墙,栅极位于第一侧墙与第二侧墙之间,其中第一侧墙与栅极和第一掺杂区域接触,第二侧墙与栅极和第二掺杂区域接触。Optionally, a first spacer and a second spacer are also provided on the active layer, and the gate is located between the first spacer and the second spacer, where the first spacer is connected to the gate and the first doped region. Contact, the second spacer contacts the gate and the second doped region.
可选的,第一电极的材料包括以下一种或多种:氮化钛、钛、铝。Optionally, the material of the first electrode includes one or more of the following: titanium nitride, titanium, and aluminum.
可选的,第一掺杂区域的掺杂类型为P型,第二掺杂区域的掺杂类型为N型;或者,第一掺杂区域的掺杂类型为N型,第二掺杂区域的掺杂类型为P型。Optionally, the doping type of the first doping region is P type, and the doping type of the second doping region is N type; or, the doping type of the first doping region is N type, and the doping type of the second doping region The doping type is P type.
可选的,场板的材料包括钨。Optionally, the field plate material includes tungsten.
可选的,介电材料层的材料包括氧化物。Optionally, the material of the dielectric material layer includes oxide.
可选的,衬底内设置有第三隔离槽和第四隔离槽,第三隔离槽与第四隔离槽的开口朝向第一介电材料层;有源层设置于第一隔离槽与第二隔离槽之间。Optionally, a third isolation trench and a fourth isolation trench are provided in the substrate, and the openings of the third isolation trench and the fourth isolation trench face the first dielectric material layer; the active layer is provided between the first isolation trench and the second isolation trench. between isolation tanks.
可选的,衬底上与有源层之间还设置有氧化埋层以及外延层。Optionally, a buried oxide layer and an epitaxial layer are also provided between the substrate and the active layer.
第二方面,提供了一种半导体器件,包括:衬底;设置于衬底上的有源层;有源层包括第一掺杂区域以及与第一掺杂区域接触的第二掺杂区域,第一掺杂区域与第二掺杂区域的掺杂类型不同;设置于有源层上的至少两层介电材料层;以及设置于至少两层介电材料层中的第三场板,第三场板贯穿至少两层介电材料层,并且第三场板在有源层上的投影与第二掺杂区域存在交叠,第三场板靠近有源层的一端与有源层绝缘。In a second aspect, a semiconductor device is provided, including: a substrate; an active layer provided on the substrate; the active layer includes a first doped region and a second doped region in contact with the first doped region, The first doped region and the second doped region have different doping types; at least two dielectric material layers disposed on the active layer; and a third field plate disposed in the at least two dielectric material layers, The three field plates penetrate at least two dielectric material layers, and the projection of the third field plate on the active layer overlaps with the second doped region. One end of the third field plate close to the active layer is insulated from the active layer.
第三方面,提供了一种集成电路,包括封装结构以及如上述第一方面以及第二方面任一项所述的半导体器件,半导体器件封装于封装结构内部。In a third aspect, an integrated circuit is provided, including a packaging structure and a semiconductor device as described in any one of the above first and second aspects, where the semiconductor device is packaged inside the packaging structure.
第四方面,提供了一种电子设备,包括印刷电路板以及如上述第三方面所述的集 成电路,所述集成电路与所述印刷电路板连接。A fourth aspect provides an electronic device, including a printed circuit board and the integrated circuit as described in the third aspect, the integrated circuit being connected to the printed circuit board.
第五方面,提供了一种半导体器件的制造方法,包括:在衬底上制作有源层;对有源层注入掺杂物形成第一掺杂区域与第二掺杂区域,第一掺杂区域与第二掺杂区域接触,第一掺杂区域与第二掺杂区域的掺杂类型不同;在有源层上制作至少两层介电材料层;在介电材料层中制作至少两个场板,场板贯穿一层或多层介电材料层,并且场板在有源层上的投影与第二掺杂区域存在交叠,场板靠近有源层的一端与有源层绝缘。In a fifth aspect, a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device is provided, including: making an active layer on a substrate; injecting dopants into the active layer to form a first doped region and a second doped region, the first doped region being The region is in contact with the second doped region, and the doping types of the first doped region and the second doped region are different; at least two dielectric material layers are made on the active layer; at least two dielectric material layers are made The field plate penetrates one or more dielectric material layers, and the projection of the field plate on the active layer overlaps with the second doped region. One end of the field plate close to the active layer is insulated from the active layer.
其中,第二方面和第五方面中任一种可能实现方式中所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面任一项不同的实现方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought about by any one of the possible implementation methods of the second aspect and the fifth aspect can be referred to the technical effects brought by any different implementation methods of the above-mentioned first aspect, and will not be described again here.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请的实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请的实施例提供的一种基站的结构示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请的实施例提供的一种集成电路的结构示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic structural diagram of an integrated circuit provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请的实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请的再一实施例提供的PN结的结构示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a PN junction provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请的另一实施例提供的PN结的结构示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a PN junction provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请的又一实施例提供的PN结的结构示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a PN junction provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的原理示意图;Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of the principle of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图20为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图21为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图22为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图23为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图24为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图25为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图26为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 26 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图27为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 27 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图28为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图29为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 29 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图30为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 30 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图31为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图32为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的结构示意图;Figure 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图33为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的仿真示意图;Figure 33 is a simulation schematic diagram of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图34为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的电压与电流的特性曲线示意图;Figure 34 is a schematic diagram of the voltage and current characteristic curve of a semiconductor device provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图35为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的仿真示意图;Figure 35 is a simulation schematic diagram of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图36为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的电压与电流的特性曲线示意图;Figure 36 is a schematic diagram of the voltage and current characteristic curve of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图37为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的电压与电流的特性曲线示意图;Figure 37 is a schematic diagram of the voltage and current characteristic curve of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图38为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法的流程图;Figure 38 is a flow chart of a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图39为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图一;Figure 39 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application;
图40为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图二;Figure 40 is a schematic diagram 2 of the structure of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application;
图41为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图三;Figure 41 is a schematic structural diagram three of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图42为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图四;Figure 42 is a schematic diagram 4 of the structure of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application;
图43为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图五;Figure 43 is a schematic diagram 5 of the structure of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application;
图44为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图六;Figure 44 is a schematic diagram 6 of the structure of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图45为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图七;Figure 45 is a schematic diagram 7 of the structure of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图46为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图八;Figure 46 is a schematic diagram 8 of the structure of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application;
图47为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图九;Figure 47 is a schematic structural diagram 9 of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图48为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图十;Figure 48 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application;
图49为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图十一;Figure 49 is a schematic structural diagram 11 of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device provided by yet another embodiment of the present application;
图50为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图十二;Figure 50 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application;
图51为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图十三;Figure 51 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to another embodiment of the present application;
图52为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件 的结构示意图十四;Figure 52 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to another embodiment of the present application;
图53为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图十五;Figure 53 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to another embodiment of the present application;
图54为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图十六;Figure 54 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application;
图55为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图十七;Figure 55 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to another embodiment of the present application;
图56为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图十八;Figure 56 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application;
图57为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图十九;Figure 57 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application;
图58为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图二十;Figure 58 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application;
图59为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图二十一;Figure 59 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application;
图60为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种半导体器件的制造方法中的半导体器件的结构示意图二十二。FIG. 60 is a schematic structural diagram of a semiconductor device in a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to yet another embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are only some of the embodiments of the present application, rather than all of the embodiments.
以下对本申请的实施例中的技术术语说明如下:The technical terms used in the embodiments of this application are explained below:
半导体:半导体是一种常温下导电性能介于导体与绝缘体之间的材料;其中,半导体包括本征半导体和杂质半导体。不含杂质和缺陷的纯净半导体,其内部电子和空穴浓度相等,称为本征半导体。掺入一定量杂质的半导体称为杂质半导体或非本征半导体。其中,杂质半导体中掺入的杂质能够提供一定浓度的载流子(如空穴或电子),其中掺杂提供电子杂质(如5价的磷元素)的杂质半导体也称作电子型半导体或N(negative,负)型半导体,掺杂提供空穴杂质(如3价的硼元素)的杂质半导体也称作空穴型半导体或P(positive,正)型半导体,掺杂能够改善本征半导体的导电性,通常载流子浓度越大,半导体的电阻率越低,导电性也越好。在本申请的实施例中,采用半导体(或者说采用半导体材料)制作的半导体器件中的层结构称为半导体材料层。Semiconductor: A semiconductor is a material whose conductivity at room temperature is between that of a conductor and an insulator; among them, semiconductors include intrinsic semiconductors and impurity semiconductors. A pure semiconductor without impurities and defects, with equal internal electron and hole concentrations, is called an intrinsic semiconductor. Semiconductors doped with a certain amount of impurities are called impurity semiconductors or extrinsic semiconductors. Among them, impurities doped into impurity semiconductors can provide a certain concentration of carriers (such as holes or electrons). Impurity semiconductors doped with electron impurities (such as 5-valent phosphorus element) are also called electronic semiconductors or N (negative, negative)-type semiconductor, an impurity semiconductor doped with hole impurities (such as trivalent boron element) is also called a hole-type semiconductor or P (positive, positive)-type semiconductor. Doping can improve the properties of intrinsic semiconductors. Conductivity, generally the greater the carrier concentration, the lower the resistivity of the semiconductor and the better the conductivity. In the embodiment of the present application, the layer structure in a semiconductor device made of semiconductor (or semiconductor material) is called a semiconductor material layer.
半导体器件包括是二极管(diode)、三极管(bipolar junction transistor,BJT)(又称为双极型晶体管、半导体三极管)、金属氧化物半导体场效应管(metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor,MOSFET,简称MOS)以及双扩散金属氧化物半导体场效应晶体管(double-diffused metal oxide semiconductor,DMOS)等。其中,MOS包括P型MOS(positive channel metal oxide semiconductor,PMOS)以及N型MOS(negative channel metal oxide semiconductor,NMOS),PMOS和NMOS集成在一起构成互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal oxide semiconductor,CMOS)。Semiconductor devices include diodes, bipolar junction transistors (BJT) (also known as bipolar transistors, semiconductor transistors), metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistors (metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor, MOSFET, referred to as MOS) As well as double-diffused metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor (double-diffused metal oxide semiconductor, DMOS), etc. Among them, MOS includes P-type MOS (positive channel metal oxide semiconductor, PMOS) and N-type MOS (negative channel metal oxide semiconductor, NMOS). PMOS and NMOS are integrated together to form a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS). .
BCD工艺:BCD工艺是一种单片集成工艺技术,是指在同一集成电路上制作三极管BJT、CMOS以及DMOS等不同的半导体器件。因此,利用BCD工艺制作出的集成电路即具有BJT的跨导高且负载驱动强的特点,也具有CMOS的集成度高且功耗低的特点,又具有DMOS的耐压性高且开关速度快的特点。BCD process: BCD process is a monolithic integration process technology, which refers to the production of different semiconductor devices such as transistors BJT, CMOS and DMOS on the same integrated circuit. Therefore, the integrated circuit produced using the BCD process not only has the characteristics of high transconductance and strong load drive of BJT, but also has the characteristics of high integration and low power consumption of CMOS, and has the high voltage resistance and fast switching speed of DMOS. specialty.
除非另有定义,否则本文所用的所有科技术语都具有与本领域普通技术人员公知的含义相同的含义。在本申请中,“至少一个(层)”是指一个(层)或者多个(层),“多个(层)”是指两个(层)或两个(层)以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c或a、b和c,其中a、b和c可以是单个,也可以是多个。另外,在本申请的实施例中,“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和次序进行限定。Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. In this application, "at least one (layer)" refers to one (layer) or multiple (layers), and "multiple (layers)" refers to two (layers) or more than two (layers). "And/or" describes the association of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items). For example, at least one of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c or a, b and c, where a, b and c can It can be single or multiple. In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the number and order.
此外,本申请中,“上”、“下”等方位术语是相对于附图中的部件示意置放的方位来定义的,应当理解到,这些方向性术语是相对的概念,它们用于相对于的描述和澄清,其可以根据附图中部件所放置的方位的变化而相应地发生变化。In addition, in this application, directional terms such as "upper" and "lower" are defined relative to the schematically placed directions of the components in the drawings. It should be understood that these directional terms are relative concepts and they are used relative to each other. The descriptions and clarifications may change accordingly according to the changes in the orientation of the components in the drawings.
需要说明的是,本申请中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。It should be noted that in this application, words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used to represent examples, illustrations or explanations. Any embodiment or design described herein as "exemplary" or "such as" is not intended to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, use of the words "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present the concept in a concrete manner.
本申请的实施例所提供的集成电路可以应用于各种电子设备中,电子设备可以是计算机、手机、平板电脑、可穿戴设备和车载设备等不同类型的终端,电子设备还可以是基站等网络设备。本申请实施例对电子设备的具体形式不做特殊限制。The integrated circuits provided by the embodiments of the present application can be used in various electronic devices. The electronic devices can be different types of terminals such as computers, mobile phones, tablets, wearable devices, and vehicle-mounted devices. The electronic devices can also be networks such as base stations. equipment. The embodiments of this application do not place any special restrictions on the specific form of the electronic device.
参照图1所示,图1示出了终端100的结构示意图。终端100可以包括处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,摄像头190以及显示屏191等。Referring to FIG. 1 , FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal 100 . The terminal 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2, Mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, camera 190 and display screen 191, etc.
可以理解的是,本申请的实施例示意的结构并不构成对终端100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,终端100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal 100. In other embodiments of the present application, the terminal 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figures, or some components may be combined, or some components may be separated, or may be arranged differently. The components illustrated may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU), etc. Among them, different processing units can be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从该存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。The processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have been recently used or recycled by processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instructions or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. Interfaces may include integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, universal asynchronous receiver and transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (USB) interface, etc.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过终端100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为终端供电。The charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger. Among them, the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 . In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the terminal 100 . While charging the battery 142, the charging management module 140 can also provide power to the terminal through the power management module 141.
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,显示屏191,摄像头190,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110. The power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 191, the camera 190, the wireless communication module 160, and the like. The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance) and other parameters. In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110 . In other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
终端100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the terminal 100 can be implemented through the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。终端100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。 Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in terminal 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example: Antenna 1 can be reused as a diversity antenna for a wireless LAN. In other embodiments, antennas may be used in conjunction with tuning switches.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在终端100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括一个或多个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied to the terminal 100. The mobile communication module 150 may include one or more filters, switches, power amplifiers, low noise amplifiers (LNA), etc. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, perform filtering, amplification and other processing on the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be disposed in the processor 110 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处 理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏191显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。A modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Among them, the modulator is used to modulate the low-frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium-high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. The demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. After the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor, it is passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 191 . In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在终端100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成一个或多个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the terminal 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), and global navigation satellite system. (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating one or more communication processing modules. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 . The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, frequency modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
在一些实施例中,终端100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得终端100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。该无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或I R技术等。该GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the terminal 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the terminal 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband code Wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC, FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi- zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
终端100通过GPU,显示屏191,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏191和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The terminal 100 implements the display function through the GPU, the display screen 191, and the application processor. The GPU is an image processing microprocessor and is connected to the display screen 191 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
显示屏191用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏191包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emittingdiode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,终端100可以包括1个或N个显示屏191,N为大于1的正整数。终端100可以通过ISP,摄像头190,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏191以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The display screen 191 is used to display images, videos, etc. The display screen 191 includes a display panel. The display panel can use a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode). diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diode (quantum dot light emitting diode, QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 may include 1 or N display screens 191, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. The terminal 100 can implement the shooting function through the ISP, camera 190, video codec, GPU, display screen 191 and application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头190反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将电信号传递给 ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头190中。The ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 190 . For example, when taking a photo, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera sensor through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera sensor passes the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 190.
摄像头190用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,终端100可以包括1个或N个摄像头190,N为大于1的正整数。Camera 190 is used to capture still images or video. The object passes through the lens to produce an optical image that is projected onto the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element can be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then passes the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other format image signals. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 may include 1 or N cameras 190, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展终端100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the terminal 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement the data storage function. Such as saving music, videos, etc. files in external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储一个或多个计算机程序,该一个或多个计算机程序包括指令。处理器110可以通过运行存储在内部存储器121的上述指令,从而使得终端100执行各种功能应用和数据处理等。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统;该存储程序区还可以存储一个或多个应用程序(比如图库、联系人等)等。存储数据区可存储终端100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如照片,联系人等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如一个或多个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。在另一些实施例中,处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,和/或存储在设置于处理器中的存储器的指令,来使得终端100执行各种功能应用和数据处理。Internal memory 121 may be used to store one or more computer programs including instructions. The processor 110 can execute the above instructions stored in the internal memory 121 to cause the terminal 100 to execute various functional applications and data processing. The internal memory 121 may include a program storage area and a data storage area. Among them, the stored program area can store the operating system; the stored program area can also store one or more application programs (such as gallery, contacts, etc.). The storage data area can store data created during use of the terminal 100 (such as photos, contacts, etc.). In addition, the internal memory 121 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk storage devices, flash memory devices, universal flash storage (UFS), etc. In other embodiments, the processor 110 causes the terminal 100 to perform various functional applications and data processing by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in a memory provided in the processor.
终端100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The terminal 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the headphone interface 170D, and the application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signals. Audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 .
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。终端100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。 Speaker 170A, also called "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The terminal 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当终端100接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。 Receiver 170B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the terminal 100 answers a call or a voice message, the voice can be heard by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。终端100可以设置一个或多个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中,终端100可以设置两个麦克风170C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,终端100还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风170C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。 Microphone 170C, also called "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can speak close to the microphone 170C with the human mouth and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C. The terminal 100 may be provided with one or more microphones 170C. In other embodiments, the terminal 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which in addition to collecting sound signals, may also implement a noise reduction function. In other embodiments, the terminal 100 can also be equipped with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and implement directional recording functions, etc.
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。The headphone interface 170D is used to connect wired headphones. The headphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or may be a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器,陀螺仪传感器,气压传感器,磁传感器,加速度传感器,距离传感器,接近光传感器,指纹传感器,温度传感器,触摸传感器,环境光传感器,骨传导传感器等。The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor, a gyroscope sensor, an air pressure sensor, a magnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor, a distance sensor, a proximity light sensor, a fingerprint sensor, a temperature sensor, a touch sensor, an ambient light sensor, a bone conduction sensor, and the like.
在本申请的实施例中,触摸传感器,也称“触控器件”。触摸传感器可以设置于显示屏191,由触摸传感器与显示屏191组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,也可以设置有多个触摸传感器形成的触控传感器阵列的触控面板以外挂形式设置于显示面板的表面。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器也可以与显示屏191所处的位置不同。本申请的实施例中对触控传感器的形式不做限定,例如可以是电容、或压敏电阻等器件。In the embodiment of the present application, the touch sensor is also called a "touch device". The touch sensor can be provided on the display screen 191, and the touch sensor and the display screen 191 form a touch screen, which is also called a "touch screen". Touch sensors are used to detect touches on or near them. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the touch event type. Visual output related to touch operations can be provided through the display screen. In other embodiments, a touch panel including a touch sensor array formed by multiple touch sensors may also be provided on the surface of the display panel in a plug-in form. In other embodiments, the touch sensor may be located at a different location than the display screen 191 . In the embodiments of the present application, the form of the touch sensor is not limited. For example, it may be a capacitor, a varistor, or other devices.
另外,上述终端100中还可以包括按键、马达、指示器以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口等一种或多种部件,本申请的实施例对此不做任何限制。In addition, the above-mentioned terminal 100 may also include one or more components such as buttons, motors, indicators, and subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interfaces. The embodiments of the present application do not impose any restrictions on this.
参照图2所示,本申请的实施例提供的电子设备以5G基站为例,5G基站可分为基带处理单元(base band unit,BBU)-有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)、集中单元-分布单元(central unit-distribute unit,CU-DU)-AAU、BBU-射频拉远单元(remote radio unit,RRU)-天线(antenna)、CU-DU-RRU-Antenna、一体化5G基站(5G node base station,gNB)等不同的架构。以BBU-RRU架构的基站为例,参照图2所示,基站:包括BBU21、RRU22和天线23;其中BBU21与RRU22通过光纤连接,两者之间的接口是基于开放式通用公共射频接口(common public radio interface,CPRI)及开放式基站架构(open base station architecture initiative,OBSAI)。其中,BBU21将生成的基带信号通过RRU22处理后发送至天线23进行发射。RRU22包括数字中频模块221、收发信机模块222、功率放大器223(power amplifier,PA)以及滤波器224。其中,数字中频模块221用于光纤传输的基带信号的调制解调、数字上下变频、数字模拟转换(digital to analog converter,D/A)等形成中频信号;收发信机模块222完成中频信号到射频信号的变换;功率放大器223用于将小功率的射频信号进行功率放大;滤波器224用于对射频信号进行滤波,然后将射频信号通过天线23发射出去。Referring to Figure 2, the electronic device provided by the embodiment of the present application takes a 5G base station as an example. The 5G base station can be divided into a baseband processing unit (base band unit, BBU) - an active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU), a centralized Unit-distributed unit (central unit-distribute unit, CU-DU)-AAU, BBU-radio remote unit (remote radio unit, RRU)-antenna, CU-DU-RRU-Antenna, integrated 5G base station ( 5G node base station, gNB) and other different architectures. Taking the base station of BBU-RRU architecture as an example, as shown in Figure 2, the base station includes BBU21, RRU22 and antenna 23; BBU21 and RRU22 are connected through optical fiber, and the interface between the two is based on the open common public radio frequency interface (common public radio interface (CPRI) and open base station architecture initiative (OBSAI). Among them, the BBU21 processes the generated baseband signal through the RRU22 and sends it to the antenna 23 for transmission. The RRU 22 includes a digital intermediate frequency module 221, a transceiver module 222, a power amplifier 223 (power amplifier, PA) and a filter 224. Among them, the digital intermediate frequency module 221 is used for modulation and demodulation, digital up and down conversion, digital to analog converter (D/A), etc. of the baseband signal transmitted by optical fiber to form an intermediate frequency signal; the transceiver module 222 completes the conversion of the intermediate frequency signal into a radio frequency signal. Signal transformation; the power amplifier 223 is used to amplify the low-power radio frequency signal; the filter 224 is used to filter the radio frequency signal, and then transmit the radio frequency signal through the antenna 23.
本申请的实施例提供的集成电路可以应用于图1所示的终端100或者图2所示的基站中,例如本申请的实施例所提供的集成电路可以是电源管理集成电路(power management integrated circuit,PMIC)与印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)连接应用于图1所示的充电管理模块140中,或者,本申请的实施例所提供的集成电路可以是显示驱动集成电路(display driver integrated circuit,DDIC)与PCB连接应用于图1所示的显示屏191中,或者本申请的实施例所提供的集成电路可以与 PCB连接应用于图2提供的基站中BBU21或RRU22。当然具体应用场景不限于上述图1示出的终端、图2示出的基站。The integrated circuit provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the terminal 100 shown in Figure 1 or the base station shown in Figure 2. For example, the integrated circuit provided by the embodiment of the present application can be a power management integrated circuit. , PMIC) is connected to a printed circuit board (PCB) and is used in the charging management module 140 shown in Figure 1. Alternatively, the integrated circuit provided in the embodiment of the present application can be a display driver integrated circuit (display driver integrated circuit). circuit (DDIC) is connected to the PCB and applied to the display screen 191 shown in Figure 1, or the integrated circuit provided in the embodiment of the present application can be connected to the PCB and applied to the BBU21 or RRU22 of the base station provided in Figure 2. Of course, the specific application scenarios are not limited to the terminal shown in Figure 1 and the base station shown in Figure 2.
其中,本申请的实施例提供的一种集成电路,如图3所示,该集成电路30包括半导体器件31以及封装结构32,其中半导体器件31封装于封装结构32内部。如图3所示,封装结构32具体包括:散热基板321,其中为了提高散热基板321的导电性以及散热性,散热基板321可以采用复合材料,例如铜Cu/钼Mo/铜Cu形成的叠层结构;半导体器件31通过烧结银粘接在散热基板321上,其中,图3所示的半导体器件31的部分电极与散热基板321导通;此外,半导体器件31的部分电极也可以通过金线引线键合连接到管脚,管脚设置在绝缘层(例如可以是绝缘陶瓷)上,绝缘层通过绝缘粘接剂粘接于散热基板321上。此外,封装结构32包括封装管壳322,封装管壳322通过绝缘粘接剂与散热基板321粘接,并且管脚的一端从封装结构露出以连接其他电路,其中半导体器件31设置于封装管壳322与散热基板321包围的空间中。Among them, embodiments of the present application provide an integrated circuit. As shown in FIG. 3 , the integrated circuit 30 includes a semiconductor device 31 and a packaging structure 32 , wherein the semiconductor device 31 is packaged inside the packaging structure 32 . As shown in FIG. 3 , the packaging structure 32 specifically includes: a heat dissipation substrate 321 . In order to improve the conductivity and heat dissipation of the heat dissipation substrate 321 , the heat dissipation substrate 321 can be made of a composite material, such as a stack of copper Cu/molybdenum Mo/copper Cu. Structure: The semiconductor device 31 is bonded to the heat dissipation substrate 321 through sintered silver. Some of the electrodes of the semiconductor device 31 shown in Figure 3 are connected to the heat dissipation substrate 321. In addition, some of the electrodes of the semiconductor device 31 can also be wired through gold wires. The pins are bonded and connected to the pins, which are arranged on an insulating layer (which may be insulating ceramics, for example), and the insulating layer is bonded to the heat dissipation substrate 321 through an insulating adhesive. In addition, the packaging structure 32 includes a packaging shell 322, which is bonded to the heat dissipation substrate 321 through an insulating adhesive, and one end of the pin is exposed from the packaging structure to connect to other circuits, wherein the semiconductor device 31 is disposed in the packaging shell. 322 and the heat dissipation substrate 321 in the space surrounded.
其中,半导体器件包括二极管(diode)、三极管BJT、DMOS等。Among them, semiconductor devices include diodes, BJT transistors, DMOS, etc.
参照图4所示,本申请的实施例提供了一种二极管40的结构示意图,其中,二极管40由掺杂区域41以及嵌入在掺杂区域41中的掺杂区域42构成,掺杂区域41与掺杂区域42的掺杂类型不同,掺杂区域42的掺杂范围小于掺杂区域41的掺杂范围。且在掺杂区域41的上方还设置有绝缘层43,绝缘层43与掺杂区域42接触,在掺杂区域41上设置有金属电极45,金属电极45贯穿绝缘层43,金属电极45连接有引线;在掺杂区域42上设置有金属电极44,金属电极44贯穿绝缘层43,金属电极44连接有引线。示例性的,图4所示的掺杂区域41的掺杂类型为N型,掺杂区域42的掺杂类型为P型,则金属电极44为二极管40的阳极(anode,+),金属电极45为二极管40的阴极(cathode,-),在二极管40中,掺杂区域41与掺杂区域42形成PN结结构,在金属电极44连接至正电压,金属电极45连接至负电压时,图4所示的掺杂区域41与掺杂区域42形成PN结正偏,该二极管40导通;在金属电极44连接至负电压,金属电极45连接至正电压时,图4所示的掺杂区域41与掺杂区域42形成PN结反偏,该二极管40截止,以使得二极管40具有单向导电性。Referring to FIG. 4 , an embodiment of the present application provides a schematic structural diagram of a diode 40 . The diode 40 is composed of a doped region 41 and a doped region 42 embedded in the doped region 41 . The doped region 41 and The doping type of the doping region 42 is different, and the doping range of the doping region 42 is smaller than the doping range of the doping region 41 . In addition, an insulating layer 43 is provided above the doped region 41, and the insulating layer 43 is in contact with the doped region 42. A metal electrode 45 is provided on the doped region 41, and the metal electrode 45 penetrates the insulating layer 43, and the metal electrode 45 is connected to Lead wire; a metal electrode 44 is provided on the doped region 42, the metal electrode 44 penetrates the insulating layer 43, and the metal electrode 44 is connected to a lead wire. For example, the doping type of the doping region 41 shown in FIG. 4 is N type, and the doping type of the doping region 42 is P type, then the metal electrode 44 is the anode (anode, +) of the diode 40, and the metal electrode 45 is the cathode (cathode, -) of the diode 40. In the diode 40, the doped region 41 and the doped region 42 form a PN junction structure. When the metal electrode 44 is connected to the positive voltage and the metal electrode 45 is connected to the negative voltage, FIG. The doped region 41 and the doped region 42 shown in Figure 4 form a forward-biased PN junction, and the diode 40 is turned on; when the metal electrode 44 is connected to a negative voltage and the metal electrode 45 is connected to a positive voltage, the doped region shown in Figure 4 The region 41 and the doped region 42 form a PN junction with reverse bias, and the diode 40 is turned off, so that the diode 40 has unidirectional conductivity.
参照图5所示,本申请的实施例提供了一种三极管50的结构示意图,其中,三极管50由掺杂区域51、嵌入在掺杂区域51中的掺杂区域52以及嵌入在掺杂区域52中的掺杂区域53构成,掺杂区域51与掺杂区域52的掺杂类型不同,掺杂区域51与掺杂区域53的掺杂类型相同,掺杂区域52的掺杂范围以及掺杂区域53的掺杂范围小于掺杂区域51的掺杂范围。且在掺杂区域51的上方还设置有绝缘层57,绝缘层57与掺杂区域52接触,绝缘层57也与掺杂区域53接触。在掺杂区域51上设置有金属电极56,金属电极56贯穿绝缘层57,金属电极56连接有引线,该金属电极56是三极管的集电极(collector,C);在掺杂区域52上设置有金属电极55,金属电极55贯穿绝缘层57,金属电极55连接有引线,该金属电极55是三极管的基极(base electrode,B);在掺杂区域53上设置有金属电极54,金属电极54贯穿绝缘层57,金属电极54连接有引线,该金属电极54是三极管的发射极(emitter electrode,E)。示例性的,图5所示的三极管50中,当掺杂区域51与掺杂区域53的掺杂类型为N型,掺杂区域52的掺杂类型为P型时,该三极管50也被称为NPN型三极管。或者, 当掺杂区域51与掺杂区域53的掺杂类型为P型,掺杂区域52的掺杂类型为N型时,该三极管50也被称为PNP型三极管。无论是NPN型三极管还是PNP型三极管,掺杂区域51与掺杂区域52之间均会形成一个PN结,该PN结被称为集电结,掺杂区域52与掺杂区域53也会形成一个PN结,该PN结被称为发射结。三极管就是利用发射结以及集电结的正偏或者反偏实现预定的功能。Referring to FIG. 5 , an embodiment of the present application provides a schematic structural diagram of a transistor 50 , in which the transistor 50 consists of a doped region 51 , a doped region 52 embedded in the doped region 51 , and a doped region 52 embedded in the doped region 52 . The doped region 53 in The doping range of 53 is smaller than the doping range of doped region 51 . In addition, an insulating layer 57 is provided above the doped region 51 . The insulating layer 57 is in contact with the doped region 52 , and the insulating layer 57 is also in contact with the doped region 53 . A metal electrode 56 is provided on the doped region 51. The metal electrode 56 penetrates the insulating layer 57. The metal electrode 56 is connected to a lead. The metal electrode 56 is the collector (C) of the triode; a metal electrode 56 is provided on the doped region 52. The metal electrode 55 penetrates the insulating layer 57 and is connected to a lead. The metal electrode 55 is the base electrode (B) of the triode; a metal electrode 54 is provided on the doped region 53. The metal electrode 54 Penetrating the insulating layer 57, a metal electrode 54 is connected to a lead, and the metal electrode 54 is the emitter electrode (E) of the triode. For example, in the transistor 50 shown in FIG. 5 , when the doping type of the doping region 51 and the doping region 53 is N type, and the doping type of the doping region 52 is P type, the transistor 50 is also called It is an NPN transistor. Alternatively, when the doping type of the doping region 51 and the doping region 53 is P type, and the doping type of the doping region 52 is N type, the transistor 50 is also called a PNP type transistor. Whether it is an NPN transistor or a PNP transistor, a PN junction will be formed between the doped region 51 and the doped region 52. This PN junction is called a collector junction, and the doped region 52 and the doped region 53 will also form a PN junction. A PN junction is called an emitter junction. The triode uses the forward bias or reverse bias of the emitter junction and collector junction to achieve a predetermined function.
参照图6所示,本申请的实施例提供了一种DMOS的结构示意图,具体的,DMOS包括垂直双扩散金属氧化物半导体场效应晶体管(vertical double-diffused metal oxide semiconductor,VDMOS)和横向双扩散金属氧化物半导体场效应晶体管(lateral double-diffused metal oxide semiconductor,LDMOS),图6所示的是LDMOS。在LDMOS60中,包括衬底61,衬底61上设置有有源层,有源层中包括掺杂区域62以及与掺杂区域62接触的掺杂区域63,掺杂区域62与掺杂区域63的掺杂类型不同,并且在掺杂区域62中还设置有掺杂区域64以及与掺杂区域64接触的掺杂区域65,掺杂区域65靠近掺杂区域63并且不与掺杂区域63接触,掺杂区域63内还设置有掺杂区域66,掺杂区域66与掺杂区域62不接触,其中,掺杂区域62以及掺杂区域64的掺杂类型相同,掺杂区域65、掺杂区域63以及掺杂区域66的掺杂类型相同。在有源层上还设置有栅极68,栅极68与有源层之间通过绝缘层67绝缘,栅极68覆盖掺杂区域62与掺杂区域63的接触面,在有源层上还设置有侧墙69a和侧墙69b,栅极68位于侧墙69a与侧墙69b之间,其中侧墙69a与栅极68和掺杂区域62接触,侧墙69a与掺杂区域65不接触,侧墙69b与栅极68和掺杂区域63接触,侧墙69b与掺杂区域66不接触。在掺杂区域64引出电极(B)以使得掺杂区域62在LDMOS工作时接收到固定电压值,在掺杂区域65引出电极作为LDMOS的源极(source,S),通常B与S短接。在栅极68引出电极作为LDMOS的栅极(gate,G),在掺杂区域66引出电极作为LDMOS的漏极(drain,D)。示例性的,在掺杂区域62以及掺杂区域64的掺杂类型为P型,掺杂区域65、掺杂区域63以及掺杂区域66的掺杂类型为N型时,该LDMOS也被称为N型LDMOS(NLDMOS)。在掺杂区域62以及掺杂区域64的掺杂类型为N型,掺杂区域65、掺杂区域63以及掺杂区域66的掺杂类型为P型时,该LDMOS也被称为P型LDMOS(PLDMOS)。无论是NLDMOS或者PLDMOS,其掺杂区域62与掺杂区域63之间均会形成一个PN结结构,该PN结的反偏时,LDMOS不导通,该PN结正偏时,LDMOS导通。Referring to Figure 6, an embodiment of the present application provides a schematic structural diagram of a DMOS. Specifically, the DMOS includes a vertical double-diffused metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor (VDMOS) and a lateral double diffusion Metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor (lateral double-diffused metal oxide semiconductor, LDMOS), Figure 6 shows LDMOS. The LDMOS 60 includes a substrate 61, an active layer is provided on the substrate 61, the active layer includes a doped region 62 and a doped region 63 in contact with the doped region 62, the doped region 62 and the doped region 63 The doping types of , a doped region 66 is also provided in the doped region 63. The doped region 66 is not in contact with the doped region 62. The doped region 62 and the doped region 64 have the same doping type. The doped region 65 and the doped region 64 are not in contact with each other. The doping type of the region 63 and the doped region 66 is the same. A gate electrode 68 is also provided on the active layer. The gate electrode 68 and the active layer are insulated by an insulating layer 67. The gate electrode 68 covers the contact surface between the doped region 62 and the doped region 63. There is also a gate electrode 68 on the active layer. There are spacers 69a and 69b, and the gate 68 is located between the spacers 69a and 69b. The spacers 69a are in contact with the gate 68 and the doped region 62, and the spacers 69a are not in contact with the doped region 65. The spacer 69b is in contact with the gate 68 and the doped region 63, and the spacer 69b is not in contact with the doped region 66. An electrode (B) is drawn out in the doped region 64 so that the doped region 62 receives a fixed voltage value when the LDMOS is working. An electrode (B) is drawn out in the doped region 65 as the source (source, S) of the LDMOS. Usually B and S are short-circuited. . An electrode is drawn out from the gate electrode 68 as the gate electrode (G) of the LDMOS, and an electrode is drawn out from the doped region 66 as the drain electrode (drain, D) of the LDMOS. For example, when the doping type of the doping region 62 and the doping region 64 is P type, and the doping type of the doping region 65 , 63 and 66 is N type, the LDMOS is also called It is N-type LDMOS (NLDMOS). When the doping type of the doping region 62 and the doping region 64 is N type, and the doping type of the doping region 65 , 63 and 66 is P type, the LDMOS is also called P-type LDMOS. (PLDMOS). Whether it is NLDMOS or PLDMOS, a PN junction structure is formed between the doped region 62 and the doped region 63. When the PN junction is reverse biased, the LDMOS does not conduct, and when the PN junction is forward biased, the LDMOS conducts.
由此可见,上述的半导体器件中,均包含PN结,并且PN结的性能也直接影响半导体器件的性能,其中,半导体器件的击穿电压(breakdown voltage,BV)在一定程度上也取决于半导体器件中的PN结的击穿电压BV。It can be seen that the above-mentioned semiconductor devices all contain PN junctions, and the performance of the PN junction also directly affects the performance of the semiconductor device. Among them, the breakdown voltage (breakdown voltage, BV) of the semiconductor device also depends on the semiconductor device to a certain extent. The breakdown voltage BV of the PN junction in the device.
参照图7所示,本申请的实施例提供了PN结的一种结构示意图,其中,在N型半导体内嵌入P型半导体,N型半导体与P型半导体之间存在两个接触面,在理想状态下,该两个接触面为互相垂直的平面,在两个接触面处,N型半导体中的电子向P型半导体扩散,P型半导体中的空穴向N型半导体扩散,以使得两个接触面处形成耗尽层,在PN结反偏,也就是将P型半导体通过端子71连接至低电压并且将N型半导体通过端子72连接至高电压时,耗尽层的存在使得PN结可以承受预定电压值以内的反偏电压,在PN结承受的反偏电压大于预定电压值时,PN结将被击穿。其中,上述的 预定电压值就是击穿电压BV。Referring to FIG. 7 , an embodiment of the present application provides a schematic structural diagram of a PN junction, in which a P-type semiconductor is embedded in an N-type semiconductor. There are two contact surfaces between the N-type semiconductor and the P-type semiconductor. In an ideal state, state, the two contact surfaces are mutually perpendicular planes. At the two contact surfaces, electrons in the N-type semiconductor diffuse to the P-type semiconductor, and holes in the P-type semiconductor diffuse to the N-type semiconductor, so that the two A depletion layer is formed at the contact surface. When the PN junction is reverse biased, that is, when the P-type semiconductor is connected to a low voltage through terminal 71 and the N-type semiconductor is connected to a high voltage through terminal 72, the existence of the depletion layer allows the PN junction to withstand The reverse bias voltage is within a predetermined voltage value. When the reverse bias voltage that the PN junction withstands is greater than the predetermined voltage value, the PN junction will be broken down. Among them, the above-mentioned predetermined voltage value is the breakdown voltage BV.
但是,参照图8所示,在实际的工艺上制作PN结时,往往是在N型半导体上方设置P型半导体的开窗73,然后通过离子注入工艺从P型半导体的开窗73注入P型掺杂物,进而形成嵌入在N型半导体内的P型半导体。在实际的离子注入过程中,由于无法控制注入的P型掺杂物的扩散方向,往往会使得N型半导体与P型半导体的接触面出现曲面,接触面呈曲面也使得耗尽层发生弯曲,那么在PN结反偏,耗尽层发生弯曲的地方容易将端子72连接的高电压集中,形成电场强度,参照图8所示的电场强度的折线74,该集中的电场强度741,电场强度741有可能会击穿当前弯曲的PN结的耗尽层,进而使得PN结的击穿电压BV偏低。However, as shown in FIG. 8 , when making a PN junction in an actual process, a P-type semiconductor window 73 is often provided above the N-type semiconductor, and then P-type semiconductor is injected from the P-type semiconductor window 73 through an ion implantation process. Dopants form a P-type semiconductor embedded in an N-type semiconductor. In the actual ion implantation process, due to the inability to control the diffusion direction of the injected P-type dopant, the contact surface between the N-type semiconductor and the P-type semiconductor often appears curved. The curved contact surface also causes the depletion layer to bend. Then, when the PN junction is reverse biased and the depletion layer bends, it is easy to concentrate the high voltage connected to the terminal 72 to form an electric field intensity. Referring to the electric field intensity polyline 74 shown in Figure 8, the concentrated electric field intensity 741, the electric field intensity 741 It is possible to break down the depletion layer of the currently bent PN junction, thereby causing the breakdown voltage BV of the PN junction to be low.
为了解决现有的制作工艺制作出的PN结的击穿电压偏低的问题,参照图9所示,通常会选择在图8所示的PN结的接触面上设置场板(field plate,FP)75,场板75并不会改变N型半导体与P型半导体的接触面的弯曲程度,但是由于场板75的存在,PN结的耗尽层的弯曲程度将被改善,PN结中的电场也被改善。示例性的,在PN结反偏时,端子72连接的高电压,会在场板75靠近端子72的边缘形成电场强度742,并且在N型半导体与P型半导体的接触面处形成电场强度741,电场强度742大于电场强度741,也就是说,在场板75的作用下,耗尽层发生弯曲的地方集中的电场的电场强度将降低,进而使得PN结的击穿电压BV有所提高。In order to solve the problem of low breakdown voltage of the PN junction produced by the existing manufacturing process, as shown in Figure 9, it is usually chosen to set a field plate (FP) on the contact surface of the PN junction shown in Figure 8 )75, the field plate 75 does not change the curvature of the contact surface between the N-type semiconductor and the P-type semiconductor, but due to the existence of the field plate 75, the curvature of the depletion layer of the PN junction will be improved, and the electric field in the PN junction also been improved. For example, when the PN junction is reverse biased, the high voltage connected to the terminal 72 will form an electric field intensity 742 at the edge of the field plate 75 close to the terminal 72, and form an electric field intensity 741 at the contact surface between the N-type semiconductor and the P-type semiconductor. The electric field strength 742 is greater than the electric field strength 741. That is to say, under the action of the field plate 75, the electric field strength concentrated in the place where the depletion layer bends will decrease, thereby increasing the breakdown voltage BV of the PN junction.
尽管硅极限定义了击穿电压BV正比于比导通电阻(specific on-state resistance,Ron,sp),但是,设置场板不仅可以提高半导体器件的击穿电压BV,而且也不会对半导体器件的比导通电阻Ron,sp造成影响。因此,半导体器件的工艺制作过程中通常会使用场板。Although the silicon limit defines that the breakdown voltage BV is proportional to the specific on-state resistance (Ron,sp), setting the field plate can not only increase the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device, but also will not affect the semiconductor device. The specific on-resistance Ron,sp has an impact. Therefore, field plates are usually used in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices.
参照图10所示,以LDMOS为例,在LDMOS的生产制作过程中,通常会在图6所示的LDMOS60中设置场板900,以获得高击穿电压BV以及低比导通电阻Ron,sp的LDMOS,其中,图10所示的场板900为阶梯状场板,该阶梯状场板设置于掺杂区域63上,掺杂区域63通过掺杂区域66连接至高电压,且该阶梯场板900与栅极68之间通过侧墙69b绝缘,该阶梯场板900在有源层上的投影与掺杂区域66不交叠。Referring to Figure 10, taking LDMOS as an example, during the production process of LDMOS, a field plate 900 is usually installed in the LDMOS 60 shown in Figure 6 to obtain a high breakdown voltage BV and a low specific on-resistance Ron,sp LDMOS, wherein the field plate 900 shown in Figure 10 is a stepped field plate, the stepped field plate is disposed on the doped region 63, the doped region 63 is connected to the high voltage through the doped region 66, and the stepped field plate 900 and the gate 68 are insulated by spacers 69b, and the projection of the stepped field plate 900 on the active layer does not overlap with the doped region 66.
参照图11所示,本申请的实施例提供了一种半导体器件80,该半导体器件80可以是二极管、三极管BJT、DMOS等任意一个具有PN结结构的半导体器件,该半导体器件80包括:衬底81;设置于衬底81上的有源层82;有源层82包括掺杂区域821以及与掺杂区域821接触的掺杂区域822,掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822的掺杂类型不同;设置于有源层82上的至少两层介电材料层83;以及设置于介电材料层83中的至少两个场板84,场板84贯穿一层或多层介电材料层83,并且场板84在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域822存在交叠,场板84靠近有源层82的一端与有源层82绝缘。Referring to Figure 11, an embodiment of the present application provides a semiconductor device 80. The semiconductor device 80 can be any semiconductor device with a PN junction structure such as a diode, a BJT transistor, or a DMOS. The semiconductor device 80 includes: a substrate 81; Active layer 82 provided on the substrate 81; the active layer 82 includes a doped region 821 and a doped region 822 in contact with the doped region 821, and the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 have different doping types. ; At least two dielectric material layers 83 provided on the active layer 82; and at least two field plates 84 provided in the dielectric material layer 83, the field plates 84 penetrating one or more dielectric material layers 83, Moreover, the projection of the field plate 84 on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822 , and one end of the field plate 84 close to the active layer 82 is insulated from the active layer 82 .
示例性的,图11所示的半导体器件80中的介电材料层包括介电材料层83a、介电材料层83b以及介电材料层83m,其中,介电材料层83的材料为氧化物,介电材料层83是绝缘材料,介电材料层83a、介电材料层83b以及介电材料层83m按照远离衬底81的方向依次设置在有源层82上,介电材料层83a用于连接半导体器件的有源层82与第一层金属电极层,因此介电材料层83a也被称为内间介电材料层(inter layer dielectric,ILD),介电材料层83b以及介电材料层83m主要用于间隔两层金属电极 层,因此,介电材料层83b以及介电材料层83m也被称为金属间介电材料层(inter metal dielectric,IMD)。图11所示的半导体器件80中的场板84包括场板84a以及场板84b,其中,场板84a贯穿介电材料层83a,场板84b贯穿介电材料层83a以及介电材料层83b,并且场板84a与场板84b不与有源层82接触,那么由于介电材料层83a为绝缘材料,也就表示场板84a与场板84b和有源层82绝缘。其中,场板的材料具体可以是钨,也可以是其他的导电材料,本申请的实施例对此不做限定。Exemplarily, the dielectric material layer in the semiconductor device 80 shown in FIG. 11 includes a dielectric material layer 83a, a dielectric material layer 83b and a dielectric material layer 83m, wherein the material of the dielectric material layer 83 is an oxide, The dielectric material layer 83 is an insulating material. The dielectric material layer 83a, the dielectric material layer 83b and the dielectric material layer 83m are sequentially arranged on the active layer 82 in a direction away from the substrate 81. The dielectric material layer 83a is used for connection. The active layer 82 of the semiconductor device and the first metal electrode layer, so the dielectric material layer 83a is also called the inter layer dielectric material layer (ILD), the dielectric material layer 83b and the dielectric material layer 83m It is mainly used to separate two metal electrode layers. Therefore, the dielectric material layer 83b and the dielectric material layer 83m are also called inter-metal dielectric material layers (inter metal dielectric, IMD). The field plate 84 in the semiconductor device 80 shown in FIG. 11 includes a field plate 84a and a field plate 84b, wherein the field plate 84a penetrates the dielectric material layer 83a, and the field plate 84b penetrates the dielectric material layer 83a and the dielectric material layer 83b, Moreover, the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b are not in contact with the active layer 82. Therefore, since the dielectric material layer 83a is an insulating material, it means that the field plate 84a is insulated from the field plate 84b and the active layer 82. The material of the field plate may be tungsten or other conductive materials, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
示例性的,图11所示的场板84a与场板84b可以接触也可以不接触,本申请的实施例对此不做限定。For example, the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b shown in FIG. 11 may be in contact or not in contact, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
示例性的,在半导体器件80包括栅极时,通常是在有源层82上设置栅极,并且栅极覆盖掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822的接触面,那么在设置有栅极的半导体器件80中设置场板,上述的场板84与栅极之间绝缘,并且场板84在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域821不存在交叠,场板84在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域822存在交叠。在半导体器件80不包括栅极时,在不设置栅极的半导体器件80中设置场板,场板84在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域821存在交叠,且场板84在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域822存在交叠。For example, when the semiconductor device 80 includes a gate, the gate is usually provided on the active layer 82 , and the gate covers the contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 , then the semiconductor device with the gate is A field plate is provided in the device 80. The above-mentioned field plate 84 is insulated from the gate electrode, and the projection of the field plate 84 on the active layer 82 does not overlap with the doped region 821. The field plate 84 is on the active layer 82. The projection of overlaps with the doped region 822. When the semiconductor device 80 does not include a gate, a field plate is provided in the semiconductor device 80 without a gate. The projection of the field plate 84 on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 821, and the field plate 84 has The projection on the source layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822 .
需要说明的是,在半导体器件80中还可以包括更多的场板,也可以包括更多或更少的介电材料层,本申请的实施例对介电材料层的层数以及场板的个数不做限定。It should be noted that the semiconductor device 80 may also include more field plates, and may also include more or less dielectric material layers. The embodiments of the present application do not specify the number of dielectric material layers and the number of field plates. The number is not limited.
示例性的,当掺杂区域822的连接至高电压时,此时,如不存在场板84,那么掺杂区域822连接的高电压将在掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822的接触面处集中,该集中的电场强度就可能将掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822的接触面击穿。那么在场板84存在时,当掺杂区域822连接至同样的高电压时,场板84在有源层82上的投影远离掺杂区域821的一侧将形成第一电场强度,场板84在有源层82上的投影靠近掺杂区域821的一侧将形成第二电场强度,且第一电场强度大于第二电场强度,那么当前的掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822的接触面上集中到的电场强度就减弱一些,也就是说,场板84将掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822的接触面上集中到的电场强度进行弱化,进而使得半导体器件80的击穿电压BV变高。同时,场板84与有源层82绝缘,那么在半导体器件80导通,也就是掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822导通时,场板84并不会对有源层82中的载流子的传输造成影响,进而也就不会影响半导体器件的比导通电阻Ron,sp,以获取到高击穿电压BV以及低比导通电阻Ron,sp的半导体器件。For example, when the doped region 822 is connected to a high voltage, if there is no field plate 84 at this time, the high voltage connected to the doped region 822 will be concentrated at the contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 , the concentrated electric field intensity may break down the contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 . Then when the field plate 84 exists, when the doped region 822 is connected to the same high voltage, the projection of the field plate 84 on the active layer 82 away from the doped region 821 will form a first electric field intensity, and the field plate 84 will The projection on the active layer 82 will form a second electric field intensity on the side close to the doped region 821, and the first electric field intensity is greater than the second electric field intensity. Then the current contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 is concentrated. The intensity of the electric field received is weakened, that is to say, the field plate 84 weakens the intensity of the electric field concentrated on the contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822, thereby causing the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device 80 to become higher. At the same time, the field plate 84 is insulated from the active layer 82, so when the semiconductor device 80 is turned on, that is, when the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 are turned on, the field plate 84 will not affect the current carrying capacity in the active layer 82. It affects the transmission of electrons, which in turn affects the specific on-resistance Ron,sp of the semiconductor device, so as to obtain a semiconductor device with high breakdown voltage BV and low specific on-resistance Ron,sp.
具体的,参照图12至图14所示,该半导体器件80具体可以是二极管。Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 12 to 14 , the semiconductor device 80 may be a diode.
参照图12所示,在半导体器件80是二极管时,该半导体器件80包括:衬底81上的有源层82;有源层82包括掺杂区域821以及与掺杂区域821接触的掺杂区域822,其中,掺杂区域821的掺杂类型为P型,掺杂区域822的掺杂类型为N型,掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822接触形成PN结,该掺杂区域821以及掺杂区域822形成二极管。其中,在有源层82上设置至少两层介电材料层,至少两层介电材料层包括介电材料层83a与介电材料层83b,在有源层82上远离衬底81的一侧设置介电材料层83a,在介电材料层83a上远离衬底81的一侧设置介电材料层83b;在介电材料层中设置至少两个场板,至少两个场板包括场板84a以及场板84b;场板84a贯穿介电材料层83a;场板84b贯穿介电材料层83a以及介电材料层83b。其中,场板与有源层绝缘,具体的, 为了确保场板84a与有源层82之间绝缘,在场板84a靠近有源层82的一侧还设置有绝缘层851,绝缘层851的材料为二氧化硅(SiO 2),或者也可以是其他的氧化物。并且,为了确保场板84a的范围,通常还会在场板84a靠近有源层82的一侧设置场板84a的刻蚀停止层852,具体是在绝缘层851靠近场板84a的一侧设置刻蚀停止层852,刻蚀停止层852的材料具体可以是氮化硅(SiN),或者也可以是其他的氮化物,。为了确保场板84b与有源层82之间绝缘,通常设置的场板84b不与有源层82接触,场板84b与有源层82之间通过介电材料层83a绝缘。 Referring to FIG. 12 , when the semiconductor device 80 is a diode, the semiconductor device 80 includes: an active layer 82 on a substrate 81 ; the active layer 82 includes a doped region 821 and a doped region in contact with the doped region 821 822, wherein the doping type of the doping region 821 is P type, the doping type of the doping region 822 is N type, the doping region 821 contacts the doping region 822 to form a PN junction, the doping region 821 and the doping region 822 are in contact with each other to form a PN junction. Region 822 forms a diode. Among them, at least two layers of dielectric material layers are provided on the active layer 82. The at least two layers of dielectric material layers include a dielectric material layer 83a and a dielectric material layer 83b. On the side of the active layer 82 away from the substrate 81 A dielectric material layer 83a is provided, and a dielectric material layer 83b is provided on the side of the dielectric material layer 83a away from the substrate 81; at least two field plates are provided in the dielectric material layer, and the at least two field plates include a field plate 84a. and field plate 84b; field plate 84a penetrates dielectric material layer 83a; field plate 84b penetrates dielectric material layer 83a and dielectric material layer 83b. The field plate is insulated from the active layer. Specifically, in order to ensure the insulation between the field plate 84a and the active layer 82, an insulating layer 851 is provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the active layer 82. The material of the insulating layer 851 It is silicon dioxide (SiO 2 ), or it can also be other oxides. In addition, in order to ensure the range of the field plate 84a, an etching stop layer 852 of the field plate 84a is usually provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the active layer 82, specifically, an etching stop layer 852 is provided on the side of the insulating layer 851 close to the field plate 84a. The material of the etching stop layer 852 may specifically be silicon nitride (SiN), or may be other nitrides. In order to ensure the insulation between the field plate 84b and the active layer 82, the field plate 84b is usually arranged not to contact the active layer 82, and the field plate 84b and the active layer 82 are insulated by a dielectric material layer 83a.
示例性的,在场板84a靠近有源层82的一侧也可以设置刻蚀停止层852-绝缘层851-刻蚀停止层852-绝缘层851这样的层叠结构,本申请的实施例对此不做限定。For example, a stacked structure such as an etching stop layer 852 - an insulating layer 851 - an etching stop layer 852 - an insulating layer 851 may also be provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the active layer 82. This is not the case in the embodiments of the present application. Make limitations.
示例性的,在场板84a以及场板84b没有确定的电压值时,场板84a以及场板84b会处于悬浮状态(floating),处于悬浮状态会使得半导体器件80的稳定性变差。因此,需要给场板84a以及场板84b一个确定的电压值,示例性的,通常在场板84a与介电材料层83b之间还设置有电极861a,该电极861a可以连接至第一预定电压以使得场板84a的电压为第一预定电压,在场板84b上远离介电材料层83a的一侧也设置有电极862a,该电极862a也可以连接至第二预定电压以使得场板84b的电压为第二预定电压。需要说明的是,第一预定电压与第二预定电压可以相同也可以不同。其中,在场板84a与场板84b接触时,可以将电极861a与电极862a中的任意一个电极连接至一个预定电压即可;在场板84a与场板84b不接触时,可以将电极861a与电极862a分别连接至一个预定电压。其中,电极861a与电极862a的材料可以是任意的导电材料,电极861a与电极862a的材料可以包括氮化钛(TiN)、钛(Ti)、铝(Al)等,示例性的,氮化钛、钛以及铝形成的三明治结构(Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti)最为常用,尤其是在电极861a设置为三明治结构(Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti)时,该三明治结构可以作为粘合层,增加电极861a和介电材料层83a中的氧化物直接的粘附力;还可以改善电子迁移(electro migration,EM),以改善半导体器件80的性能;又可以作为场板84b的刻蚀停止层。For example, when the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b do not have a certain voltage value, the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b will be in a floating state, which will make the stability of the semiconductor device 80 worse. Therefore, a certain voltage value needs to be given to the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b. For example, an electrode 861a is usually provided between the field plate 84a and the dielectric material layer 83b. The electrode 861a can be connected to a first predetermined voltage to To make the voltage of the field plate 84a be the first predetermined voltage, an electrode 862a is also provided on the side of the field plate 84b away from the dielectric material layer 83a. The electrode 862a can also be connected to the second predetermined voltage so that the voltage of the field plate 84b is second predetermined voltage. It should be noted that the first predetermined voltage and the second predetermined voltage may be the same or different. When the field plate 84a is in contact with the field plate 84b, any one of the electrodes 861a and 862a can be connected to a predetermined voltage; when the field plate 84a is not in contact with the field plate 84b, the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can be connected. Each is connected to a predetermined voltage. The materials of the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can be any conductive material, and the materials of the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can include titanium nitride (TiN), titanium (Ti), aluminum (Al), etc., for example, titanium nitride The sandwich structure (Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti) formed of titanium, titanium and aluminum is the most commonly used, especially when the electrode 861a is set to a sandwich structure (Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti), the sandwich structure can be used as an adhesive. The lamination layer can increase the direct adhesion between the electrode 861a and the oxide in the dielectric material layer 83a; it can also improve electron migration (EM) to improve the performance of the semiconductor device 80; and can also serve as an engraving for the field plate 84b. Erosion stop layer.
如图12所示,由于掺杂区域821的掺杂类型为P型,掺杂区域822的掺杂类型为N型,因此,是掺杂区域821引出电极作为二极管的阳极,掺杂区域822引出电极作为二极管的阴极,但是,在二极管连接成电路应用于电子设备中时,也会出现阴极连接至高电压的情况,因此,在阴极连接至高电压时,二极管反偏,并且为了控制二极管不被反偏电压击穿,设置的场板84a在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域821存在交叠,且场板84a在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域822存在交叠,场板84b在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域821不存在交叠,且场板84b在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域822存在交叠。As shown in Figure 12, since the doping type of the doped region 821 is P type, and the doping type of the doped region 822 is N type, therefore, the doped region 821 leads to the electrode as the anode of the diode, and the doped region 822 leads to The electrode serves as the cathode of the diode. However, when the diode is connected into a circuit and used in electronic equipment, it may also happen that the cathode is connected to a high voltage. Therefore, when the cathode is connected to a high voltage, the diode is reverse biased, and in order to control the diode not to be reversed The bias voltage breaks down, and the projection of the field plate 84a on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 821, and the projection of the field plate 84a on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822. The field plate The projection of 84b on the active layer 82 does not overlap with the doped region 821, and the projection of the field plate 84b on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822.
参照图12所示,为了方便制作场板84b,电极861a与介电材料层83b之间还设置有场板84b的刻蚀停止层863a与抗反射涂层864a。具体的,刻蚀停止层863a具体可以是氮化物,例如氮化硅(SiN),抗反射涂层864a具体可以是氮氧化物,例如氮氧化硅(SiON)。示例性的,在电极861a与介电材料层83b之间也可以设置刻蚀停止层863a-抗反射涂层864a-刻蚀停止层863a-抗反射涂层864a这样的层叠结构,本申请的实施例对此不做限定。Referring to FIG. 12 , in order to facilitate the production of the field plate 84b, an etching stop layer 863a and an anti-reflective coating 864a of the field plate 84b are also provided between the electrode 861a and the dielectric material layer 83b. Specifically, the etching stop layer 863a may be a nitride, such as silicon nitride (SiN), and the anti-reflective coating 864a may be a nitride oxide, such as silicon oxynitride (SiON). For example, a stacked structure of etching stop layer 863a-anti-reflective coating 864a-etching stop layer 863a-anti-reflective coating 864a may also be provided between the electrode 861a and the dielectric material layer 83b. Implementation of the present application This example does not limit this.
参照图13所示,基于图12所示的半导体器件80,还可以在有源层82上设置栅极87,栅极87与有源层82通过绝缘层88绝缘;其中,栅极87覆盖掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822的接触面。在有源层82上还设置有侧墙89a和侧墙89b,栅极87位于侧墙89a与侧墙89b之间,其中侧墙89a与栅极87和掺杂区域821接触,侧墙89b与栅极87和掺杂区域822接触。并且,场板84a与栅极87之间绝缘,此时,由于栅极87覆盖掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822的接触面,因此,此时设置的场板84a在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域821不存在交叠,且场板84a在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域822存在交叠,场板84b在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域821不存在交叠,且场板84b在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域822存在交叠。Referring to Figure 13, based on the semiconductor device 80 shown in Figure 12, a gate electrode 87 can also be provided on the active layer 82, and the gate electrode 87 and the active layer 82 are insulated by an insulating layer 88; wherein the gate electrode 87 covers the doped The contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822. Spacers 89a and 89b are also provided on the active layer 82. The gate 87 is located between the spacers 89a and 89b. The spacers 89a are in contact with the gate 87 and the doped region 821, and the spacers 89b are in contact with the gate 87 and the doped region 821. Gate 87 and doped region 822 are in contact. Furthermore, the field plate 84a is insulated from the gate electrode 87. At this time, since the gate electrode 87 covers the contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822, the field plate 84a provided at this time is on the active layer 82. There is no overlap between the projection and the doped region 821, and there is an overlap between the projection of the field plate 84a on the active layer 82 and the doped region 822, and there is no overlap between the projection of the field plate 84b on the active layer 82 and the doped region 821. overlap, and the projection of the field plate 84b on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822.
参照图14所示,在半导体器件80是二极管时,也可以仅设置图12所示的场板84b,具体的,由于只存在场板84b,因此需要场板84b覆盖掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822的接触面,也就是说,场板84b在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域821存在交叠,且场板84b在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域822存在交叠。且场板84b贯穿介电材料层83a以及介电材料层83b,场板84b靠近有源层82的一侧与有源层82绝缘。其中,场板84b也可以实现提高二极管的击穿电压BV的目的。Referring to FIG. 14 , when the semiconductor device 80 is a diode, only the field plate 84 b shown in FIG. 12 may be provided. Specifically, since only the field plate 84 b exists, the field plate 84 b needs to cover the doped region 821 and the doped region 821 . The contact surface of the region 822 , that is to say, the projection of the field plate 84 b on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 821 , and the projection of the field plate 84 b on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822 . And the field plate 84b penetrates the dielectric material layer 83a and the dielectric material layer 83b, and the side of the field plate 84b close to the active layer 82 is insulated from the active layer 82. Among them, the field plate 84b can also achieve the purpose of increasing the breakdown voltage BV of the diode.
参照图15,其中,半导体器件80也可以是三极管BJT。Referring to FIG. 15 , the semiconductor device 80 may also be a triode BJT.
参照图15所示,在半导体器件80是三极管时,该半导体器件80包括:衬底81上的有源层82;有源层82包括掺杂区域821以及与掺杂区域821接触的掺杂区域822,在掺杂区域821远离掺杂区域822的一侧还设置有掺杂区域823。其中,可以是掺杂区域823与掺杂区域822的掺杂类型为P型,掺杂区域821的掺杂类型为N型,掺杂区域822与掺杂区域821接触形成PN结,掺杂区域823与掺杂区域821接触形成PN结,该掺杂区域823、掺杂区域821以及掺杂区域822形成PNP型三极管。也可以是掺杂区域823与掺杂区域822的掺杂类型为N型,掺杂区域821的掺杂类型为P型,掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822接触形成PN结,掺杂区域821与掺杂区域823接触形成PN结,该掺杂区域823、掺杂区域821以及掺杂区域822形成NPN型三极管。Referring to FIG. 15 , when the semiconductor device 80 is a triode, the semiconductor device 80 includes: an active layer 82 on a substrate 81 ; the active layer 82 includes a doped region 821 and a doped region in contact with the doped region 821 822, a doped region 823 is also provided on the side of the doped region 821 away from the doped region 822. Among them, the doping type of the doping region 823 and the doping region 822 can be P type, the doping type of the doping region 821 can be N type, the doping region 822 and the doping region 821 contact to form a PN junction, the doping region 823 contacts the doped region 821 to form a PN junction, and the doped region 823, the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 form a PNP transistor. It is also possible that the doping type of the doping region 823 and the doping region 822 is N type, the doping type of the doping region 821 is P type, the doping region 821 and the doping region 822 are in contact to form a PN junction, and the doping region 821 A PN junction is formed in contact with the doped region 823, and the doped region 823, the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 form an NPN transistor.
参照图15所示,在半导体器件80的有源层82上设置有至少两层介电材料层,其中至少两层介电材料层包括介电材料层83a与介电材料层83b,在有源层82上远离衬底81的一侧设置介电材料层83a,在介电材料层83a上远离衬底81的一侧设置介电材料层83b;在介电材料层中设置至少两个场板,至少两个场板包括场板84a以及场板84b;场板84a贯穿介电材料层83a;场板84b贯穿介电材料层83a以及介电材料层83b。其中,场板与有源层绝缘,具体的,为了确保场板84a与有源层82之间绝缘,在场板84a靠近有源层82的一侧还设置有绝缘层851,绝缘层851的材料为二氧化硅(SiO 2),或者也可以是其他的氧化物。并且,为了确保场板84a的范围,通常还会在场板84a靠近有源层82的一侧设置场板84a的刻蚀停止层852,具体是在绝缘层851靠近场板84a的一侧设置刻蚀停止层852,刻蚀停止层852的材料具体可以是氮化硅(SiN),或者也可以是其他的氮化物。为了确保场板84b与有源层82之间绝缘,通常设置的场板84b不与有源层82接触,场板84b与有源层82之间通过介电材料层83a绝缘。 Referring to FIG. 15 , at least two dielectric material layers are provided on the active layer 82 of the semiconductor device 80 , wherein the at least two dielectric material layers include a dielectric material layer 83 a and a dielectric material layer 83 b. A dielectric material layer 83a is provided on the side of the layer 82 away from the substrate 81, and a dielectric material layer 83b is provided on the side of the dielectric material layer 83a away from the substrate 81; at least two field plates are provided in the dielectric material layer. , the at least two field plates include a field plate 84a and a field plate 84b; the field plate 84a penetrates the dielectric material layer 83a; the field plate 84b penetrates the dielectric material layer 83a and the dielectric material layer 83b. The field plate is insulated from the active layer. Specifically, in order to ensure the insulation between the field plate 84a and the active layer 82, an insulating layer 851 is provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the active layer 82. The material of the insulating layer 851 It is silicon dioxide (SiO 2 ), or it can also be other oxides. In addition, in order to ensure the range of the field plate 84a, an etching stop layer 852 of the field plate 84a is usually provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the active layer 82, specifically, an etching stop layer 852 is provided on the side of the insulating layer 851 close to the field plate 84a. The material of the etching stop layer 852 may specifically be silicon nitride (SiN), or may be other nitrides. In order to ensure the insulation between the field plate 84b and the active layer 82, the field plate 84b is usually arranged not to contact the active layer 82, and the field plate 84b and the active layer 82 are insulated by a dielectric material layer 83a.
示例性的,在场板84a靠近有源层82的一侧也可以设置刻蚀停止层852-绝缘层 851-刻蚀停止层852-绝缘层851这样的层叠结构,本申请的实施例对此不做限定。For example, a stacked structure such as an etching stop layer 852 - an insulating layer 851 - an etching stop layer 852 - an insulating layer 851 may also be provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the active layer 82. This is not the case in the embodiments of the present application. Make limitations.
示例性的,在场板84a以及场板84b没有确定的电压值时,场板84a以及场板84b会处于悬浮状态(floating),处于悬浮状态会使得半导体器件80的稳定性变差。因此,需要给场板84a以及场板84b一个确定的电压值,示例性的,通常在场板84a与介电材料层83b之间还设置有电极861a,该电极861a可以连接至第一预定电压以使得场板84a的电压为第一预定电压,在场板84b上远离介电材料层83a的一侧也设置有电极862a,该电极862a也可以连接至第二预定电压以使得场板84b的电压为第二预定电压。需要说明的是,第一预定电压与第二预定电压可以相同也可以不同。其中,在场板84a与场板84b接触时,可以将电极861a与电极862a中的任意一个电极连接至一个预定电压即可;在场板84a与场板84b不接触时,可以将电极861a与电极862a分别连接至一个预定电压。其中,电极861a与电极862a的材料可以是任意的导电材料,电极861a与电极862a的材料可以包括氮化钛(TiN)、钛(Ti)、铝(Al)等,示例性的,氮化钛、钛以及铝形成的三明治结构(Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti)最为常用,尤其是在电极861a设置为三明治结构(Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti)时,该三明治结构可以作为粘合层,增加电极861a和介电材料层83a中的氧化物直接的粘附力;还可以改善电子迁移(electro migration,EM),以改善半导体器件80的性能;又可以作为场板84b的刻蚀停止层。For example, when the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b do not have a certain voltage value, the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b will be in a floating state, which will make the stability of the semiconductor device 80 worse. Therefore, a certain voltage value needs to be given to the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b. For example, an electrode 861a is usually provided between the field plate 84a and the dielectric material layer 83b. The electrode 861a can be connected to a first predetermined voltage to To make the voltage of the field plate 84a be the first predetermined voltage, an electrode 862a is also provided on the side of the field plate 84b away from the dielectric material layer 83a. The electrode 862a can also be connected to the second predetermined voltage so that the voltage of the field plate 84b is second predetermined voltage. It should be noted that the first predetermined voltage and the second predetermined voltage may be the same or different. When the field plate 84a is in contact with the field plate 84b, any one of the electrodes 861a and 862a can be connected to a predetermined voltage; when the field plate 84a is not in contact with the field plate 84b, the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can be connected. Each is connected to a predetermined voltage. The materials of the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can be any conductive material, and the materials of the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can include titanium nitride (TiN), titanium (Ti), aluminum (Al), etc., for example, titanium nitride The sandwich structure (Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti) formed of titanium, titanium and aluminum is the most commonly used, especially when the electrode 861a is set to a sandwich structure (Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti), the sandwich structure can be used as an adhesive. The lamination layer can increase the direct adhesion between the electrode 861a and the oxide in the dielectric material layer 83a; it can also improve electron migration (EM) to improve the performance of the semiconductor device 80; and can also serve as an engraving for the field plate 84b. Erosion stop layer.
参照图15所示,无论是PNP型三极管还是NPN型三极管,以掺杂区域822引出电极作为三极管的发射极(emitterelectrode,E);掺杂区域821引出电极作为三极管的基极(base electrode,B);掺杂区域823引出电极作为三极管的集电极(collector,C)为例对半导体器件80是三极管时设置的场板进行说明其中,在图15所示的半导体器件80中,无论是NPN型三极管或者PNP型三极管,通常是发射极E连接至高电压,因此,图15所示的半导体器件80,场板84a在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域821存在交叠,且场板84a在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域822存在交叠,场板84a在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域823不存在交叠,场板84b在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域821不存在交叠,且场板84b在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域822存在交叠,场板84b在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域823不存在交叠。Referring to Figure 15, whether it is a PNP type transistor or an NPN type transistor, the electrode extracted from the doped region 822 is used as the emitter electrode (E) of the triode; the electrode extracted from the doped region 821 is used as the base electrode (B) of the triode. ); the doped region 823 leads the electrode as the collector (C) of the triode. As an example, the field plate provided when the semiconductor device 80 is a triode is described. In the semiconductor device 80 shown in FIG. 15, whether it is an NPN type In a transistor or a PNP transistor, the emitter E is usually connected to a high voltage. Therefore, in the semiconductor device 80 shown in FIG. 15, the projection of the field plate 84a on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 821, and the field plate 84a The projection of the field plate 84a on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822. The projection of the field plate 84a on the active layer 82 does not overlap with the doped region 823. The projection of the field plate 84b on the active layer 82 does not overlap with the doped region 823. The doped region 821 does not overlap, and the projection of the field plate 84b on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822. The projection of the field plate 84b on the active layer 82 does not overlap with the doped region 823. .
参照图15所示,为了方便制作场板84b,电极861a与介电材料层83b之间还设置有场板84b的刻蚀停止层863a与抗反射涂层864a。具体的,刻蚀停止层863a具体可以是氮化物,例如氮化硅(SiN),抗反射涂层864a具体可以是氮氧化物,例如氮氧化硅(SiON)。示例性的,在电极861a与介电材料层83b之间也可以设置刻蚀停止层863a-抗反射涂层864a-刻蚀停止层863a-抗反射涂层864a这样的层叠结构,本申请的实施例对此不做限定。Referring to FIG. 15 , in order to facilitate the production of the field plate 84b, an etching stop layer 863a and an anti-reflective coating 864a of the field plate 84b are also provided between the electrode 861a and the dielectric material layer 83b. Specifically, the etching stop layer 863a may be a nitride, such as silicon nitride (SiN), and the anti-reflective coating 864a may be a nitride oxide, such as silicon oxynitride (SiON). For example, a stacked structure of etching stop layer 863a-anti-reflective coating 864a-etching stop layer 863a-anti-reflective coating 864a may also be provided between the electrode 861a and the dielectric material layer 83b. Implementation of the present application This example does not limit this.
需要说明的是,在半导体器件80是三极管时,也可以仅设置图15所示的场板84b,具体的,由于只存在场板84b,因此需要场板84b覆盖掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822的接触面,也就是说,场板84b在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域821存在交叠,且场板84b在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域822存在交叠。且场板84b贯穿介电材料层83a以及介电材料层83b,场板84b靠近有源层82的一侧与有源层82绝缘。其中,场板84b也可以实现提高三极管的击穿电压BV的目的。It should be noted that when the semiconductor device 80 is a triode, only the field plate 84b shown in FIG. 15 may be provided. Specifically, since only the field plate 84b exists, the field plate 84b needs to cover the doped region 821 and the doped region. 822 , that is to say, the projection of the field plate 84 b on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 821 , and the projection of the field plate 84 b on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822 . And the field plate 84b penetrates the dielectric material layer 83a and the dielectric material layer 83b, and the side of the field plate 84b close to the active layer 82 is insulated from the active layer 82. Among them, the field plate 84b can also achieve the purpose of increasing the breakdown voltage BV of the triode.
参照图16至图32,其中,半导体器件80也可以是DMOS,具体的,图16至图32是以LDMOS为例进行说明。Referring to FIGS. 16 to 32 , the semiconductor device 80 may also be a DMOS. Specifically, FIGS. 16 to 32 take LDMOS as an example for explanation.
参照图16所示,在半导体器件80是LDMOS时,该半导体器件80包括:衬底81上的有源层82;有源层82包括掺杂区域821以及与掺杂区域821接触的掺杂区域822,其中,在有源层82上设置至少两层介电材料层,至少两层介电材料层包括介电材料层83a与介电材料层83b,在有源层82上远离衬底81的一侧设置介电材料层83a,在介电材料层83a上远离衬底81的一侧设置介电材料层83b;在介电材料层中设置至少两个场板,至少两个场板包括场板84a以及场板84b;场板84a贯穿介电材料层83a;场板84b贯穿介电材料层83a以及介电材料层83b。其中,场板与有源层绝缘,具体的,为了确保场板84a与有源层82之间绝缘,在场板84a靠近有源层82的一侧还设置有绝缘层851,绝缘层851的材料为二氧化硅(SiO 2),或者也可以是其他的氧化物。并且,为了确保场板84a的范围,通常还会在场板84a靠近有源层82的一侧设置场板84a的刻蚀停止层852,具体是在绝缘层851靠近场板84a的一侧设置刻蚀停止层852,刻蚀停止层852的材料具体可以是氮化硅(SiN),或者也可以是其他的氮化物。为了确保场板84b与有源层82之间绝缘,通常设置的场板84b不与有源层82接触,场板84b与有源层82之间通过介电材料层83a绝缘。 Referring to FIG. 16 , when the semiconductor device 80 is an LDMOS, the semiconductor device 80 includes: an active layer 82 on a substrate 81 ; the active layer 82 includes a doped region 821 and a doped region in contact with the doped region 821 822, wherein at least two dielectric material layers are provided on the active layer 82, and the at least two dielectric material layers include a dielectric material layer 83a and a dielectric material layer 83b, and a part of the active layer 82 away from the substrate 81 A dielectric material layer 83a is provided on one side, and a dielectric material layer 83b is provided on the side of the dielectric material layer 83a away from the substrate 81; at least two field plates are provided in the dielectric material layer, and the at least two field plates include field The field plate 84a and the field plate 84b; the field plate 84a penetrates the dielectric material layer 83a; the field plate 84b penetrates the dielectric material layer 83a and the dielectric material layer 83b. The field plate is insulated from the active layer. Specifically, in order to ensure the insulation between the field plate 84a and the active layer 82, an insulating layer 851 is provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the active layer 82. The material of the insulating layer 851 It is silicon dioxide (SiO 2 ), or it can also be other oxides. In addition, in order to ensure the range of the field plate 84a, an etching stop layer 852 of the field plate 84a is usually provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the active layer 82, specifically, an etching stop layer 852 is provided on the side of the insulating layer 851 close to the field plate 84a. The material of the etching stop layer 852 may specifically be silicon nitride (SiN), or may be other nitrides. In order to ensure the insulation between the field plate 84b and the active layer 82, the field plate 84b is usually arranged not to contact the active layer 82, and the field plate 84b and the active layer 82 are insulated by a dielectric material layer 83a.
在场板84a靠近有源层82的一侧也可以设置刻蚀停止层852-绝缘层851-刻蚀停止层852-绝缘层851这样的层叠结构,本申请的实施例对此不做限定。A stacked structure such as an etching stop layer 852 - an insulating layer 851 - an etching stop layer 852 - an insulating layer 851 may also be provided on the side of the field plate 84 a close to the active layer 82 , which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
示例性的,在场板84a以及场板84b没有确定的电压值时,场板84a以及场板84b会处于悬浮状态(floating),处于悬浮状态会使得半导体器件80的稳定性变差。因此,需要给场板84a以及场板84b一个确定的电压值,示例性的,通常在场板84a与介电材料层83b之间还设置有电极861a,该电极861a可以连接至第一预定电压以使得场板84a的电压为第一预定电压,在场板84b上远离介电材料层83a的一侧也设置有电极862a,该电极862a也可以连接至第二预定电压以使得场板84b的电压为第二预定电压。需要说明的是,第一预定电压与第二预定电压可以相同也可以不同。其中,在场板84a与场板84b接触时,可以将电极861a与电极862a中的任意一个电极连接至一个预定电压即可;在场板84a与场板84b不接触时,可以将电极861a与电极862a分别连接至一个预定电压。其中,电极861a与电极862a的材料可以是任意的导电材料,电极861a与电极862a的材料可以包括氮化钛(TiN)、钛(Ti)、铝(Al)等,示例性的,氮化钛、钛以及铝形成的三明治结构(Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti)最为常用,尤其是在电极861a设置为三明治结构(Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti)时,该三明治结构可以作为粘合层,增加电极861a和介电材料层83a中的氧化物直接的粘附力;还可以改善电子迁移(electro migration,EM),以改善半导体器件80的性能;又可以作为场板84b的刻蚀停止层。For example, when the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b do not have a certain voltage value, the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b will be in a floating state, which will make the stability of the semiconductor device 80 worse. Therefore, a certain voltage value needs to be given to the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b. For example, an electrode 861a is usually provided between the field plate 84a and the dielectric material layer 83b. The electrode 861a can be connected to a first predetermined voltage to To make the voltage of the field plate 84a be the first predetermined voltage, an electrode 862a is also provided on the side of the field plate 84b away from the dielectric material layer 83a. The electrode 862a can also be connected to the second predetermined voltage so that the voltage of the field plate 84b is second predetermined voltage. It should be noted that the first predetermined voltage and the second predetermined voltage may be the same or different. When the field plate 84a is in contact with the field plate 84b, any one of the electrodes 861a and 862a can be connected to a predetermined voltage; when the field plate 84a is not in contact with the field plate 84b, the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can be connected. Each is connected to a predetermined voltage. The materials of the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can be any conductive material, and the materials of the electrode 861a and the electrode 862a can include titanium nitride (TiN), titanium (Ti), aluminum (Al), etc., for example, titanium nitride The sandwich structure (Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti) formed of titanium, titanium and aluminum is the most commonly used, especially when the electrode 861a is set to a sandwich structure (Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti), the sandwich structure can be used as an adhesive. The lamination layer can increase the direct adhesion between the electrode 861a and the oxide in the dielectric material layer 83a; it can also improve electron migration (EM) to improve the performance of the semiconductor device 80; and can also serve as an engraving for the field plate 84b. Erosion stop layer.
示例性的,在半导体器件80为LDMOS时,还包括:在有源层82上设置的栅极87,栅极87与有源层82通过绝缘层88绝缘;其中,栅极87覆盖掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822的接触面。在有源层82上还设置有侧墙89a和侧墙89b,栅极87位于侧墙89a与侧墙89b之间,其中侧墙89a与栅极87和掺杂区域821接触,侧墙89b与栅极87和掺杂区域822接触。并且,场板84a与栅极87之间绝缘,此时,由于栅极87覆盖 掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822的接触面,因此,此时设置的场板84a在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域821不存在交叠,且场板84a在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域822存在交叠,场板84b在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域821不存在交叠,且场板84b在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域822存在交叠。For example, when the semiconductor device 80 is an LDMOS, it also includes: a gate 87 provided on the active layer 82 , and the gate 87 and the active layer 82 are insulated by an insulating layer 88 ; wherein the gate 87 covers the doped region. The contact surface between 821 and doped region 822. Spacers 89a and 89b are also provided on the active layer 82. The gate 87 is located between the spacers 89a and 89b. The spacers 89a are in contact with the gate 87 and the doped region 821, and the spacers 89b are in contact with the gate 87 and the doped region 821. Gate 87 and doped region 822 are in contact. Furthermore, the field plate 84a is insulated from the gate electrode 87. At this time, since the gate electrode 87 covers the contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822, the field plate 84a provided at this time is on the active layer 82. There is no overlap between the projection and the doped region 821, and there is an overlap between the projection of the field plate 84a on the active layer 82 and the doped region 822, and there is no overlap between the projection of the field plate 84b on the active layer 82 and the doped region 821. overlap, and the projection of the field plate 84b on the active layer 82 overlaps with the doped region 822.
其中,在半导体器件80为LDMOS时,栅极87需要引出,以便后续将LDMOS制作为电路时,可以向栅极87施加电压以控制LDMOS导通或不导通。具体的,参照图16所示,可以是在介电材料层83a上设置过孔831a,过孔831a的材料具体包括钨(W),介电材料层83a与介电材料层83b之间还设置有电极861b,电极861b通过过孔831a与栅极87连接;介电材料层83b上还设置有过孔832a,过孔832a的材料具体包括钨(W),介电材料层83b远离介电材料层83a的表面上设置有电极862b,电极861b通过过孔832a与电极862b连接。那么在电极862b或者电极861b连接至预定电压时,即表示向栅极87施加预定电压,在其他电极与电极862b或者电极861b连接时,也可以说其他电极与栅极连接。When the semiconductor device 80 is an LDMOS, the gate 87 needs to be drawn out so that when the LDMOS is subsequently made into a circuit, a voltage can be applied to the gate 87 to control the LDMOS to be conductive or non-conductive. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 16 , a via hole 831a may be provided on the dielectric material layer 83a. The material of the via hole 831a specifically includes tungsten (W), and a via hole 831a may be provided between the dielectric material layer 83a and the dielectric material layer 83b. There is an electrode 861b, which is connected to the gate 87 through a via hole 831a; a via hole 832a is also provided on the dielectric material layer 83b. The material of the via hole 832a specifically includes tungsten (W), and the dielectric material layer 83b is away from the dielectric material. An electrode 862b is provided on the surface of the layer 83a, and the electrode 861b is connected to the electrode 862b through a via hole 832a. Then, when the electrode 862b or the electrode 861b is connected to the predetermined voltage, it means that the predetermined voltage is applied to the gate 87. When other electrodes are connected to the electrode 862b or the electrode 861b, it can also be said that the other electrodes are connected to the gate.
示例性的,参照图16所示,在半导体器件80为LDMOS时,掺杂区域821中还包括掺杂区域824以及与掺杂区域824接触的掺杂区域825,掺杂区域824与掺杂区域821的掺杂类型相同,掺杂区域825与掺杂区域821的掺杂类型不同,掺杂区域825靠近掺杂区域822并且不与掺杂区域822接触。掺杂区域822中还包括掺杂区域826,掺杂区域826与掺杂区域822的掺杂类型相同,并且掺杂区域826不与掺杂区域821接触。其中,掺杂区域824、掺杂区域825以及掺杂区域826的掺杂浓度较高,具体可以是掺杂区域824、掺杂区域825以及掺杂区域826的掺杂浓度大于等于1e15原子/立方厘米,掺杂区域821以及掺杂区域822的掺杂浓度比掺杂区域824、掺杂区域825以及掺杂区域826的掺杂浓度低。具体的,在掺杂区域821以及掺杂区域824的掺杂类型为P型,掺杂区域822、掺杂区域825以及掺杂区域826的掺杂类型为N型时,该LDMOS也被称为NLDMOS;在掺杂区域821以及掺杂区域824的掺杂类型为N型,掺杂区域822、掺杂区域825以及掺杂区域826的掺杂类型为P型时,该LDMOS也被称为PLDMOS。For example, referring to FIG. 16 , when the semiconductor device 80 is an LDMOS, the doped region 821 also includes a doped region 824 and a doped region 825 in contact with the doped region 824 . The doped region 824 and the doped region The doping type of the doping region 821 is the same, and the doping type of the doping region 825 is different from that of the doping region 821. The doping region 825 is close to the doping region 822 and is not in contact with the doping region 822. The doped region 822 also includes a doped region 826 , the doped region 826 has the same doping type as the doped region 822 , and the doped region 826 is not in contact with the doped region 821 . Among them, the doping concentration of the doping region 824, the doping region 825 and the doping region 826 is relatively high. Specifically, the doping concentration of the doping region 824, the doping region 825 and the doping region 826 is greater than or equal to 1e15 atoms/cubic. centimeters, the doping concentration of the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 is lower than the doping concentration of the doped region 824 , the doped region 825 and the doped region 826 . Specifically, when the doping type of the doping region 821 and the doping region 824 is P type, and the doping type of the doping region 822, the doping region 825 and the doping region 826 is N type, the LDMOS is also called NLDMOS; when the doping type of the doping region 821 and the doping region 824 is N type, and the doping type of the doping region 822, the doping region 825 and the doping region 826 is P type, the LDMOS is also called PLDMOS .
在半导体器件80为LDMOS时,掺杂区域821也被称为LDMOS的阱区,掺杂区域822也被称为LDMOS的漂移区,掺杂区域825也被称为LDMOS的源区,掺杂区域826也被称为LDMOS的漏区。其中,掺杂区域825(源区)需要引出电极作为LDMOS的源极(source,S),掺杂区域826(漏区)需要引出电极作为LDMOS的漏极(drain,D)。同时,为了保障器件的稳定性,也会在将掺杂区域821(阱区)通过掺杂区域824引出电极(body,B),以使得在LDMOS正常工作时可以向掺杂区域821输入固定电压值,以此避免掺杂区域821处于悬浮状态(floating)。When the semiconductor device 80 is an LDMOS, the doped region 821 is also called the well region of the LDMOS, the doped region 822 is also called the drift region of the LDMOS, and the doped region 825 is also called the source region of the LDMOS. The doped region 826 is also called the drain area of LDMOS. Among them, the doped region 825 (source region) requires an extraction electrode as the source electrode (S) of the LDMOS, and the doping region 826 (drain region) requires an extraction electrode as the drain electrode (drain, D) of the LDMOS. At the same time, in order to ensure the stability of the device, the doped region 821 (well region) will also be led out of the electrode (body, B) through the doped region 824, so that a fixed voltage can be input to the doped region 821 when the LDMOS is operating normally. value, thereby preventing the doped region 821 from being in a floating state.
更具体的,在LDMOS中,B与S通常是短接的。参照图16所示,可以是在介电材料层83a上设置过孔831b以及过孔831c,过孔831b以及过孔831c的材料具体包括钨(W),介电材料层83a与介电材料层83b之间还设置有电极861c,电极861c通过过孔831b与掺杂区域824连接,电极861c通过过孔831c与掺杂区域825连接;介电材料层83b上还设置有过孔832b,过孔832b的材料具体包括钨(W),介电材料层83b远离介电材料层83a的表面上设置有电极862c,电极861c通过过孔832b与电极862c 连接。那么在电极862c或者电极861c连接至预定电压时,即表示向掺杂区域821(阱区)、掺杂区域824以及掺杂区域825(源区)施加预定电压,在其他电极与电极862c或者电极861c连接时,也可以说其他电极与源极连接。More specifically, in LDMOS, B and S are usually short-circuited. Referring to FIG. 16 , a via hole 831 b and a via hole 831 c may be provided on the dielectric material layer 83 a. The materials of the via hole 831 b and the via hole 831 c specifically include tungsten (W). The dielectric material layer 83 a and the dielectric material layer An electrode 861c is also provided between 83b. The electrode 861c is connected to the doped region 824 through a via hole 831b. The electrode 861c is connected to the doped region 825 through a via hole 831c. A via hole 832b is also provided on the dielectric material layer 83b. The material of 832b specifically includes tungsten (W). An electrode 862c is provided on the surface of the dielectric material layer 83b away from the dielectric material layer 83a. The electrode 861c is connected to the electrode 862c through the via hole 832b. Then when the electrode 862c or the electrode 861c is connected to the predetermined voltage, it means that the predetermined voltage is applied to the doped region 821 (well region), the doped region 824 and the doped region 825 (source region). When other electrodes and the electrode 862c or the electrode When the 861c is connected, it can also be said that the other electrodes are connected to the source.
在LDMOS中,D通常需要连接至高电压,示例性的,可以是在介电材料层83a上设置过孔831d,过孔831d的材料具体包括钨(W),介电材料层83a与介电材料层83b之间还设置有电极861d,电极861d通过过孔831d与掺杂区域826连接;介电材料层83b上还设置有过孔832c,过孔832c的材料具体包括钨(W),介电材料层83b远离介电材料层83a的表面上设置有电极862d,电极861d通过过孔832c与电极862d连接。那么在电极862d或者电极861d连接至预定电压时,即表示向掺杂区域822(漂移区)、掺杂区域826(漏区)施加预定电压。In LDMOS, D usually needs to be connected to a high voltage. For example, a via 831d can be provided on the dielectric material layer 83a. The material of the via 831d specifically includes tungsten (W). The dielectric material layer 83a and the dielectric material An electrode 861d is also provided between the layers 83b, and the electrode 861d is connected to the doped region 826 through a via hole 831d; a via hole 832c is also provided on the dielectric material layer 83b, and the material of the via hole 832c specifically includes tungsten (W), dielectric An electrode 862d is provided on the surface of the material layer 83b away from the dielectric material layer 83a, and the electrode 861d is connected to the electrode 862d through a via hole 832c. Then, when the electrode 862d or the electrode 861d is connected to a predetermined voltage, it means that the predetermined voltage is applied to the doped region 822 (drift region) and the doped region 826 (drain region).
具体的,参照图16所示,为了方便制作场板84b,电极861a与介电材料层83b之间还设置有场板84b的刻蚀停止层863a与抗反射涂层864a。具体的,刻蚀停止层863a的材料具体可以是氮化物,例如氮化硅(SiN),抗反射涂层864a的材料具体可以是氮氧化物,例如氮氧化硅(SiON)。示例性的,在电极861a与介电材料层83b也可以设置刻蚀停止层863a-抗反射涂层864a-刻蚀停止层863a-抗反射涂层864a这样的层叠结构,本申请的实施例对此不做限定。Specifically, referring to FIG. 16 , in order to facilitate the production of the field plate 84b, an etching stop layer 863a and an anti-reflective coating 864a of the field plate 84b are also provided between the electrode 861a and the dielectric material layer 83b. Specifically, the material of the etching stop layer 863a may be a nitride, such as silicon nitride (SiN), and the material of the anti-reflective coating 864a may be a oxynitride, such as silicon oxynitride (SiON). For example, a stacked structure such as an etching stop layer 863a - an anti-reflective coating 864a - an etching stop layer 863a - an anti-reflective coating 864a can also be provided on the electrode 861a and the dielectric material layer 83b. The embodiment of the present application is suitable for This is not limited.
其中,半导体器件80的制作工艺往往是制作一整层半导体材料层然后再进行刻蚀,因此电极861a、电极861b、电极861c以及电极861d是同时制作的,任一个电极上的半导体材料层也是同时制作的,那么,电极861b与介电材料层83b之间也设置有刻蚀停止层863b与抗反射涂层864b,其中,过孔832a穿过刻蚀停止层863b与抗反射涂层864b与电极861b接触;电极861c与介电材料层83b之间也设置有刻蚀停止层863c与抗反射涂层864c,其中,过孔832b穿过刻蚀停止层863c与抗反射涂层864c与电极861c接触;电极861d与介电材料层83b之间也设置有刻蚀停止层863d与抗反射涂层864d,其中,过孔832c穿过刻蚀停止层863d与抗反射涂层864d与电极861d接触。Among them, the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device 80 is often to make a whole layer of semiconductor material and then etching. Therefore, the electrode 861a, the electrode 861b, the electrode 861c and the electrode 861d are made at the same time, and the semiconductor material layer on any electrode is also made at the same time. Then, an etching stop layer 863b and an anti-reflective coating 864b are also provided between the electrode 861b and the dielectric material layer 83b, wherein the via hole 832a passes through the etching stop layer 863b and the anti-reflective coating 864b and the electrode. 861b contacts; an etching stop layer 863c and an anti-reflective coating 864c are also provided between the electrode 861c and the dielectric material layer 83b, wherein the via hole 832b passes through the etching stop layer 863c and the anti-reflective coating 864c and contacts the electrode 861c ; An etching stop layer 863d and an anti-reflective coating 864d are also provided between the electrode 861d and the dielectric material layer 83b, wherein the via hole 832c passes through the etching stop layer 863d and the anti-reflective coating 864d to contact the electrode 861d.
参照图17所示,本申请的实施例提供了LDMOS设置场板提升击穿电压的原理示意图。其中,在LDMOS中仅存在栅极78时,栅极78覆盖掺杂区域821以及掺杂区域822的接触面,其中,栅极78的一部分在有源层82上的投影与掺杂区域822存在交叠,该部分的栅极78也被称为栅极保护层(poly shieling)781,LDMOS的漏极D连接至高电压时,在栅极保护层781靠近漏极D的边缘也会形成一个电场强度E11,但是,此处的电场强度E11较大,并且此处的介质层(就是栅极78与有源层82之间的绝缘层88)比较薄,以使得较大的电场强度E11有可能击穿介质层,因此栅极保护层781对LDMOS的击穿电压BV的提升有限。Referring to FIG. 17 , an embodiment of the present application provides a schematic diagram of the principle of setting a field plate in LDMOS to increase the breakdown voltage. Wherein, when only the gate electrode 78 exists in the LDMOS, the gate electrode 78 covers the doped region 821 and the contact surface of the doped region 822, wherein the projection of a part of the gate electrode 78 on the active layer 82 exists with the doped region 822. Overlapping, this part of the gate 78 is also called the gate protection layer (poly shielding) 781. When the drain D of the LDMOS is connected to a high voltage, an electric field will also be formed on the edge of the gate protection layer 781 close to the drain D. Strength E11, however, the electric field strength E11 here is relatively large, and the dielectric layer here (that is, the insulating layer 88 between the gate electrode 78 and the active layer 82) is relatively thin, so that a large electric field strength E11 is possible The dielectric layer is broken down, so the gate protection layer 781 has limited improvement in the breakdown voltage BV of the LDMOS.
需要说明的是,LDMOS的击穿电压BV与掺杂区域821以及掺杂区域822形成的PN结的耗尽层可以承受的最大电压有关,也与栅极78的介质层(就是栅极78与有源层82之间的绝缘层88)的承受电压有关,通常,栅极78的介质层的承受电压会更小,因此在LDMOS中,击穿电压BV主要取决于栅极78的介质层的承受电压。It should be noted that the breakdown voltage BV of the LDMOS is related to the maximum voltage that the depletion layer of the PN junction formed by the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 can withstand, and is also related to the dielectric layer of the gate 78 (that is, the gate electrode 78 and the It is related to the withstand voltage of the insulating layer 88) between the active layers 82. Generally, the withstand voltage of the dielectric layer of the gate 78 will be smaller. Therefore, in LDMOS, the breakdown voltage BV mainly depends on the dielectric layer of the gate 78. Withstand voltage.
参照图17所示,在栅极78靠近漏极D的一侧设置场板84a,在LDMOS的漏极D连接至高电压时,在场板84a靠近漏极D的边缘也会形成一个电场强度E12,在栅极保护层781靠近漏极D的边缘也会形成一个电场强度E11,电场强度E12大于电场强 度E11,此时,电场强度E12处的介质层(就是场板84a与有源层82之间的绝缘层,如图16所示的绝缘层851)较厚,因此较大的电场强度E12有可能不足以击穿此处的介质层,因此栅极保护层781与场板84a对LDMOS的击穿电压BV的提升有一定的作用。Referring to Figure 17, a field plate 84a is provided on the side of the gate 78 close to the drain D. When the drain D of the LDMOS is connected to a high voltage, an electric field intensity E12 will also be formed on the edge of the field plate 84a close to the drain D. An electric field intensity E11 will also be formed at the edge of the gate protection layer 781 close to the drain D. The electric field intensity E12 is greater than the electric field intensity E11. At this time, the dielectric layer at the electric field intensity E12 (that is, between the field plate 84a and the active layer 82 The insulating layer (the insulating layer 851) shown in Figure 16 is thicker, so the larger electric field intensity E12 may not be enough to break down the dielectric layer here, so the gate protection layer 781 and the field plate 84a have no impact on the LDMOS. The increase in breakdown voltage BV has a certain effect.
在场板84a靠近漏极D的一侧设置场板84b,在LDMOS的漏极D连接至高电压时,在场板84b靠近漏极D的边缘也会形成一个电场强度E13,在场板84a靠近漏极D的边缘也会形成一个电场强度E12,在栅极保护层781远离源极(s)的边缘也会形成一个电场强度E11,电场强度E13大于电场强度E12大于电场强度E11,此时,电场强度E13处的介质层(就是场板84b与有源层82之间的绝缘层,如图16所示的场板84b与有源层82之间介电材料层83a)很厚,电场强度E13有可能不足以击穿此处的介质层,因此栅极保护层781与场板84a以及场板84b对LDMOS的击穿电压BV的提升有关键性的作用。A field plate 84b is provided on the side of the field plate 84a close to the drain D. When the drain D of the LDMOS is connected to a high voltage, an electric field intensity E13 will also be formed on the edge of the field plate 84b close to the drain D. The field plate 84a is close to the drain D. An electric field strength E12 will also be formed at the edge of the gate protection layer 781 away from the source (s). An electric field strength E11 will also be formed at the edge of the gate protective layer 781 away from the source (s). The electric field strength E13 is greater than the electric field strength E12 and is greater than the electric field strength E11. At this time, the electric field strength E13 The dielectric layer (that is, the insulating layer between the field plate 84b and the active layer 82, the dielectric material layer 83a between the field plate 84b and the active layer 82 as shown in Figure 16) is very thick, and the electric field intensity E13 may It is not enough to break down the dielectric layer here, so the gate protection layer 781 and the field plates 84a and 84b play a key role in increasing the breakdown voltage BV of the LDMOS.
示例性的,参照图16所示,其中,场板84a与场板84b接触,因此,在场板需要连接至预定电压时,可以是场板84a与场板84b和栅极连接,相当于给场板84a与场板84b施加相同的电压值。此时,由于栅极通常是连接至动态的电压,因此当前的场板84a与场板84b的电压跟着栅极电压改变,此时的场板84a以及场板84b对半导体器件80的击穿电压BV的提升比较好,同时也对半导体器件80的比导通电阻Ron,sp进行减小,但是,场板84a以及场板84b与栅极连接相当于增大了半导体器件80的栅极等效电容,半导体器件80的栅极等效电容的增大会影响半导体器件80的工作效率,在一些对击穿电压BV要求高且对工作效率要求不高的半导体器件中可以将场板与栅极连接。具体的连接方式参照图18所示,其中,可以将图16所示的电极861a与电极861b电连接形成电极861ab,其中电极861ab设置于场板84a与介电材料层83b之间,电极861ab通过过孔831a与栅极87连接,并且图16所示的刻蚀停止层863a与刻蚀停止层863b也合并为刻蚀停止层863ab(因为是在电极861ab上设置的刻蚀停止层),并且图16所示的抗反射涂层864a与抗反射涂层864b也合并为抗反射涂层864ab(需要说明的是,刻蚀停止层与抗反射涂层也可以按照图16的方式设置于不同的过孔与电极接触的区域,不进行合并,本申请的实施例对此不做限定);和/或,参照图19所示,可以将图16所示的电极862a与电极862b电连接形成电极862ab,其中电极862ab设置于场板84b上远离介电材料层83a的一侧,电极862ab还通过过孔832a与电极861b连接。For example, as shown in FIG. 16 , the field plate 84a is in contact with the field plate 84b. Therefore, when the field plate needs to be connected to a predetermined voltage, the field plate 84a can be connected to the field plate 84b and the gate, which is equivalent to giving the field The same voltage value is applied to plate 84a and field plate 84b. At this time, since the gate is usually connected to a dynamic voltage, the current voltages of the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b change with the gate voltage. At this time, the breakdown voltage of the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b to the semiconductor device 80 The increase in BV is relatively good, and at the same time, the specific on-resistance Ron,sp of the semiconductor device 80 is reduced. However, the connection between the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b and the gate is equivalent to increasing the gate equivalent of the semiconductor device 80 Capacitance, the increase in the gate equivalent capacitance of the semiconductor device 80 will affect the operating efficiency of the semiconductor device 80. In some semiconductor devices that have high requirements for breakdown voltage BV and low operating efficiency, the field plate can be connected to the gate. . The specific connection method is shown in Figure 18, wherein the electrode 861a and the electrode 861b shown in Figure 16 can be electrically connected to form the electrode 861ab, wherein the electrode 861ab is disposed between the field plate 84a and the dielectric material layer 83b, and the electrode 861ab passes through The via hole 831a is connected to the gate electrode 87, and the etching stop layer 863a and the etching stop layer 863b shown in Figure 16 are also merged into the etching stop layer 863ab (because it is an etching stop layer provided on the electrode 861ab), and The anti-reflective coating 864a and the anti-reflective coating 864b shown in Figure 16 are also combined into the anti-reflective coating 864ab (it should be noted that the etching stop layer and the anti-reflective coating can also be provided on different layers in the manner of Figure 16 The area in contact between the via hole and the electrode is not merged, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this); and/or, referring to FIG. 19, the electrode 862a and the electrode 862b shown in FIG. 16 can be electrically connected to form an electrode. 862ab, wherein the electrode 862ab is disposed on the side of the field plate 84b away from the dielectric material layer 83a, and the electrode 862ab is also connected to the electrode 861b through the via hole 832a.
或者,可以是场板84a与场板84b和源极连接,相当于给场板84a与场板84b施加相同的电压值。此时,由于源极通常是连接至零电压,因此当前的场板84a与场板84b对半导体器件80的击穿电压BV的提升最好,但是,该种情况下也会影响半导体器件80的比导通电阻Ron,sp,在一些对击穿电压BV要求高且对比导通电阻Ron,sp要求不高的半导体器件中可以将场板与源极连接。具体的连接方式参照图20所示,其中,可以将图16所示的电极861a与电极861c电连接形成电极861ac,其中电极861ac设置于场板84a与介电材料层83b之间,电极861ac通过过孔831b与掺杂区域824连接,电极861ac通过过孔831c与掺杂区域825连接,并且,电极861b与电极861ac之间需要通过绝缘材料绝缘,其中,图16所示的刻蚀停止层863a与刻蚀停止层863c也可以合并为图20所示的刻蚀停止层863ac(因为是在电极861ac上设置的刻蚀停止 层),图16所示的抗反射涂层864a与抗反射涂层864c也合并为图20所示的抗反射涂层864ac,刻蚀停止层863b与刻蚀停止层863ac之间需要绝缘,抗反射涂层864ac与抗反射涂层864b之间需要绝缘,具体的,按照图20所示的位置,可以是电极861b与电极861ac在垂直于纸面的方向设置得间隔预定距离,以使得通过介电材料层83a实现电极861b与电极861ac之间绝缘(需要说明的是,刻蚀停止层与抗反射涂层也可以按照图16的方式设置于不同的过孔与电极接触的区域,不进行合并,本申请的实施例对此不做限定);和/或,参照图21所示,可以将图16所示的电极862a与电极862c电连接形成电极862ac,其中电极862ac设置于场板84b上远离介电材料层83a的一侧,电极862ac还通过过孔832b与电极861c连接,并且,电极862b与电极862ac之间需要通过绝缘材料绝缘,具体的,按照图21所示的位置,可以是电极862b与电极862ac在垂直于纸面的方向设置得间隔预定距离,以使得通过介电材料层83b实现电极862b与电极862ac之间绝缘。Alternatively, the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b may be connected to the source, which is equivalent to applying the same voltage value to the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b. At this time, since the source is usually connected to zero voltage, the current field plate 84a and field plate 84b can best improve the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device 80. However, this situation will also affect the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device 80. Compared with the on-resistance Ron,sp, the field plate can be connected to the source in some semiconductor devices that have high requirements on the breakdown voltage BV and do not have high requirements on the specific on-resistance Ron,sp. The specific connection method is shown in Figure 20, in which the electrode 861a and the electrode 861c shown in Figure 16 can be electrically connected to form the electrode 861ac, wherein the electrode 861ac is disposed between the field plate 84a and the dielectric material layer 83b, and the electrode 861ac passes through The via hole 831b is connected to the doped region 824, the electrode 861ac is connected to the doped region 825 through the via hole 831c, and the electrode 861b and the electrode 861ac need to be insulated by an insulating material, wherein the etching stop layer 863a shown in Figure 16 The etching stop layer 863c can also be combined into the etching stop layer 863ac shown in Figure 20 (because it is an etching stop layer provided on the electrode 861ac). The anti-reflective coating 864a shown in Figure 16 and the anti-reflective coating 864c is also merged into the anti-reflective coating 864ac shown in Figure 20. Insulation is required between the etching stop layer 863b and the etching stop layer 863ac, and insulation is required between the anti-reflective coating 864ac and the anti-reflective coating 864b. Specifically, According to the position shown in FIG. 20 , the electrode 861b and the electrode 861ac may be arranged at a predetermined distance in the direction perpendicular to the paper surface, so that the insulation between the electrode 861b and the electrode 861ac is achieved through the dielectric material layer 83a (it should be noted that , the etching stop layer and the anti-reflective coating can also be arranged in the contact areas between different via holes and electrodes in the manner of Figure 16 without merging, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this); and/or, refer to As shown in Figure 21, the electrode 862a and the electrode 862c shown in Figure 16 can be electrically connected to form an electrode 862ac, wherein the electrode 862ac is disposed on the side of the field plate 84b away from the dielectric material layer 83a, and the electrode 862ac is also connected to the field plate 862ac through the via hole 832b. The electrode 861c is connected, and the electrode 862b and the electrode 862ac need to be insulated by an insulating material. Specifically, according to the position shown in Figure 21, the electrode 862b and the electrode 862ac can be set at a predetermined distance in the direction perpendicular to the paper surface. So that the insulation between the electrode 862b and the electrode 862ac is achieved through the dielectric material layer 83b.
在另一种实施例中,参照图22所示,其中,基于图16所示的半导体器件80,还可以在介电材料层83a与介电材料层83b之间设置电极861e,电极861a与电极861e位于场板84b的两侧,电极861e与场板84b接触,其中,该电极861e的存在既可以用来确定场板84b的位置,又可以实现提高半导体器件80的击穿电压BV的效果。其中,电极861e与介电材料层83b之间也设置有场板84b的刻蚀停止层863e以及抗反射涂层864e。In another embodiment, referring to FIG. 22 , based on the semiconductor device 80 shown in FIG. 16 , an electrode 861 e may also be provided between the dielectric material layer 83 a and the dielectric material layer 83 b. The electrode 861 a and the electrode 861e is located on both sides of the field plate 84b, and the electrode 861e is in contact with the field plate 84b. The existence of the electrode 861e can not only determine the position of the field plate 84b, but also achieve the effect of increasing the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device 80. Among them, the etching stop layer 863e and the anti-reflective coating 864e of the field plate 84b are also disposed between the electrode 861e and the dielectric material layer 83b.
在再一种实施例中,参照图23所示,其中,场板84a与场板84b不接触,因此,在场板需要连接至预定电压时,可以是场板84a与场板84b共同与栅极连接,相当于给场板84a与场板84b施加相同的电压值。具体可以将电极861a与电极861b电连接形成图18所示的电极861ab实现场板84a与栅极连接,将电极862a与电极862b电连接形成图19所示的电极862ab实现场板84b与栅极连接。In yet another embodiment, as shown in FIG. 23 , the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b are not in contact with each other. Therefore, when the field plate needs to be connected to a predetermined voltage, the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b can be connected to the gate together. The connection is equivalent to applying the same voltage value to the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b. Specifically, the electrode 861a and the electrode 861b can be electrically connected to form the electrode 861ab shown in Figure 18 to realize the connection between the field plate 84a and the gate electrode, and the electrode 862a and the electrode 862b can be electrically connected to form the electrode 862ab shown in Figure 19 to realize the field plate 84b and the gate electrode. connect.
或者场板84与场板84b同时与源极相连,相当于给场板84a与场板84b施加相同的电压值。具体可以将电极861a与电极861c电连接形成图20所示的电极861ac实现场板84a与源极连接,将电极862a与电极862c电连接形成图21所示的电极862ac实现场板84b与源极连接。Or the field plate 84 and the field plate 84b are connected to the source at the same time, which is equivalent to applying the same voltage value to the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b. Specifically, the electrode 861a and the electrode 861c can be electrically connected to form the electrode 861ac shown in Figure 20 to realize the connection between the field plate 84a and the source electrode, and the electrode 862a and the electrode 862c can be electrically connected to form the electrode 862ac shown in Figure 21 to realize the field plate 84b and the source electrode. connect.
或者,由于此时的场板84a与场板84b不接触,因此可以是将场板84a与栅极连接,将场板84b与源极连接,相当于给场板84a与场板84b施加不同的电压值。具体的连接方式参照图24所示,其中,可以将图23所示的电极861a与电极861b电连接形成电极861ab,其中电极861ab设置于场板84a与介电材料层83b之间,电极861ab通过过孔831a与栅极87连接,并且图23所示的刻蚀停止层863a与刻蚀停止层863b也合并为图24所示的刻蚀停止层863ab(因为是在电极861ab上设置的刻蚀停止层),并且图23所示的抗反射涂层864a与抗反射涂层864b也合并为图24所示的抗反射涂层864ab(需要说明的是,刻蚀停止层与抗反射涂层也可以按照图23的方式设置于不同的过孔与电极接触的区域,不进行合并,本申请的实施例对此不做限定)。可以将图23所示的电极862a与电极862c电连接形成图24所示的电极862ac,其中,电极862ac设置于场板84b远离介电材料层83a的一侧,电极862ac还通过过孔832b与电极861c连接,并且,电极862b与电极862ac之间需要通过绝缘材料绝缘,具体的, 按照图24所示的位置,可以是电极862b与电极862ac在垂直于纸面的方向设置得间隔预定距离,以使得通过介电材料层83b实现电极862b与电极862ac之间绝缘。Alternatively, since the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b are not in contact at this time, the field plate 84a can be connected to the gate and the field plate 84b can be connected to the source, which is equivalent to applying different voltages to the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b. Voltage value. The specific connection method is shown in Figure 24, in which the electrode 861a and the electrode 861b shown in Figure 23 can be electrically connected to form an electrode 861ab, wherein the electrode 861ab is disposed between the field plate 84a and the dielectric material layer 83b, and the electrode 861ab passes through The via hole 831a is connected to the gate electrode 87, and the etching stop layer 863a and the etching stop layer 863b shown in Figure 23 are also merged into the etching stop layer 863ab shown in Figure 24 (because the etching stop layer 863ab is provided on the electrode 861ab stop layer), and the anti-reflective coating 864a and the anti-reflective coating 864b shown in Figure 23 are also merged into the anti-reflective coating 864ab shown in Figure 24 (it should be noted that the etching stop layer and the anti-reflective coating are also They can be arranged in the areas where different via holes contact the electrodes in the manner of Figure 23 without merging, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this). The electrode 862a and the electrode 862c shown in Figure 23 can be electrically connected to form the electrode 862ac shown in Figure 24, wherein the electrode 862ac is disposed on a side of the field plate 84b away from the dielectric material layer 83a, and the electrode 862ac is also connected to the electrode 862ac through the via hole 832b. The electrode 861c is connected, and the electrode 862b and the electrode 862ac need to be insulated by an insulating material. Specifically, according to the position shown in Figure 24, the electrode 862b and the electrode 862ac can be arranged at a predetermined distance in the direction perpendicular to the paper surface, So that the insulation between the electrode 862b and the electrode 862ac is achieved through the dielectric material layer 83b.
或者,由于此时的场板84a与场板84b不接触,因此可以是将场板84a与源极连接,将场板84b与栅极连接,相当于给场板84a与场板84b施加不同的电压值。具体的连接方式参照图25所示,可以将图23所示的电极861a与电极861c电连接形成电极861ac,其中电极861ac设置于场板84a与介电材料层83b之间,电极861ac通过过孔831b与掺杂区域824连接,电极861ac通过过孔831c与掺杂区域825连接,并且,电极861b与电极861ac之间需要通过绝缘材料绝缘,其中,图23所示的刻蚀停止层863a与刻蚀停止层863c也可以合并为图25所示的刻蚀停止层863ac(因为是在电极861ac上设置的刻蚀停止层),图16所示的抗反射涂层864a与抗反射涂层864c也合并为图25所示的抗反射涂层864ac,需要刻蚀停止层863b与刻蚀停止层863ac绝缘,抗反射涂层864ac与抗反射涂层864b之间需要绝缘,具体的,按照图20所示的位置,可以是电极861b与电极861ac在垂直于纸面的方向设置得间隔预定距离,以使得通过介电材料层83a实现电极861b与电极861ac之间绝缘(需要说明的是,刻蚀停止层与抗反射涂层也可以按照图23的方式设置于不同的过孔与电极接触的区域,不进行合并,本申请的实施例对此不做限定)。参照图25所示,可以将图23所示的电极862a与电极862b电连接形成电极862ab,其中,电极862ab设置于场板84b远离介电材料层83a的一侧,电极862ab还通过过孔832a与电极861b连接。Alternatively, since the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b are not in contact at this time, the field plate 84a can be connected to the source and the field plate 84b can be connected to the gate, which is equivalent to applying different voltages to the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b. Voltage value. The specific connection method is shown in Figure 25. The electrode 861a and the electrode 861c shown in Figure 23 can be electrically connected to form the electrode 861ac, wherein the electrode 861ac is disposed between the field plate 84a and the dielectric material layer 83b, and the electrode 861ac passes through the via hole. 831b is connected to the doped region 824, the electrode 861ac is connected to the doped region 825 through the via hole 831c, and the electrode 861b and the electrode 861ac need to be insulated by an insulating material, wherein the etching stop layer 863a shown in FIG. The etching stop layer 863c can also be combined into the etching stop layer 863ac shown in Figure 25 (because it is an etching stop layer provided on the electrode 861ac), and the anti-reflective coating 864a and anti-reflective coating 864c shown in Figure 16 can also be combined. When combined into the anti-reflective coating 864ac shown in Figure 25, the etching stop layer 863b needs to be insulated from the etching stop layer 863ac, and the anti-reflective coating 864ac and the anti-reflective coating 864b need to be insulated. Specifically, as shown in Figure 20 The position shown can be that the electrode 861b and the electrode 861ac are arranged at a predetermined distance in the direction perpendicular to the paper surface, so that the insulation between the electrode 861b and the electrode 861ac is achieved through the dielectric material layer 83a (it should be noted that the etching stops The layer and the anti-reflective coating can also be arranged in the contact areas between different via holes and electrodes in the manner of Figure 23 without merging, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this). Referring to Figure 25, the electrode 862a and the electrode 862b shown in Figure 23 can be electrically connected to form an electrode 862ab, wherein the electrode 862ab is disposed on a side of the field plate 84b away from the dielectric material layer 83a, and the electrode 862ab also passes through the via hole 832a. Connected to electrode 861b.
示例性的,参照图26所示,为了方便场板84a与栅极或者源极的连接,也可以在介电材料层83b上设置过孔832d,过孔832d的材料具体包括钨(W),介电材料层83b远离介电材料层83a的表面上设置有电极862e,电极861a通过过孔832d与电极862e连接。其中,过孔832d穿过刻蚀停止层863a与抗反射涂层864a与电极861a接触。那么在需要场板84a与栅极连接时,可以设置电极862e与电极862b连接即可,在需要场板84a与源极连接时,可以设置电极862e与电极862c连接即可。For example, referring to FIG. 26, in order to facilitate the connection between the field plate 84a and the gate or source, a via 832d can also be provided on the dielectric material layer 83b. The material of the via 832d specifically includes tungsten (W). An electrode 862e is provided on the surface of the dielectric material layer 83b away from the dielectric material layer 83a, and the electrode 861a is connected to the electrode 862e through a via hole 832d. Among them, the via hole 832d passes through the etching stop layer 863a and the anti-reflective coating 864a to contact the electrode 861a. Then, when the field plate 84a needs to be connected to the gate, the electrode 862e can be set to be connected to the electrode 862b. When the field plate 84a needs to be connected to the source, the electrode 862e can be set to be connected to the electrode 862c.
示例性的,参照图27所示,在掺杂区域822中还包括隔离槽91,隔离槽91的开口朝向介电材料层83a,场板84b在有源层82上的投影与隔离槽91存在交叠,此时,由于隔离槽91的存在,隔离槽91中填充的材料为氧化物,也就是绝缘材料,那么当前的半导体器件80的场板84b与有源层82之间的介质层(也就是场板84b与有源层82之间的绝缘层)的厚度将增大,以使得半导体器件80的击穿电压BV再次提升。但是,隔离槽91设置于掺杂区域822中,并且隔离槽91为绝缘材料,在半导体器件80导通时,隔离槽91的存在会牺牲一定的半导体器件的比导通电阻Ron,sp,以使得比导通电阻Ron,sp增大。Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 27 , the doped region 822 also includes an isolation trench 91 , the opening of the isolation trench 91 faces the dielectric material layer 83 a , and the projection of the field plate 84 b on the active layer 82 is aligned with the isolation trench 91 Overlap, at this time, due to the existence of the isolation trench 91, the material filled in the isolation trench 91 is an oxide, that is, an insulating material, so the dielectric layer between the field plate 84b and the active layer 82 of the current semiconductor device 80 ( That is, the thickness of the insulating layer between the field plate 84b and the active layer 82) will increase, so that the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device 80 increases again. However, the isolation trench 91 is disposed in the doped region 822, and the isolation trench 91 is made of insulating material. When the semiconductor device 80 is turned on, the presence of the isolation trench 91 will sacrifice a certain specific on-resistance Ron,sp of the semiconductor device, so as to This makes the specific on-resistance Ron,sp increase.
示例性的,参照图28和图29所示,在掺杂区域822中还包括隔离槽92,隔离槽92的开口朝向介电材料层83a,场板84a在有源层82上的投影与隔离槽92存在交叠,栅极87在有源层82上的投影与隔离槽92存在交叠。其中,图28所示的场板84a与栅极87的侧墙89b接触,图29所示的场板84a与栅极87的侧墙89b不接触,本申请的实施例对场板84a与栅极87的侧墙89b是否接触不做限定。此时,由于隔离槽92的存在,隔离槽92中填充的材料为氧化物,也就是绝缘材料,那么当前的半导体器件80的场板84与有源层82之间的介质层(也就是场板84a与有源层82之间的绝缘层) 的厚度将增大,栅极87与有源层82之间的介质层(也就是栅极87与有源层82之间的绝缘层)的厚度将增大,以使得半导体器件80的击穿电压BV再次提升。但是,隔离槽92设置于掺杂区域822中,并且隔离槽92为绝缘材料,在半导体器件80导通时,隔离槽92的存在会牺牲一定的半导体器件的比导通电阻Ron,sp,以使得比导通电阻Ron,sp增大。Exemplarily, referring to Figures 28 and 29, the doped region 822 also includes an isolation trench 92, the opening of the isolation trench 92 faces the dielectric material layer 83a, and the projection and isolation of the field plate 84a on the active layer 82 The trenches 92 overlap, and the projection of the gate 87 on the active layer 82 overlaps with the isolation trench 92 . Among them, the field plate 84a shown in Figure 28 is in contact with the sidewalls 89b of the gate 87, and the field plate 84a shown in Figure 29 is not in contact with the sidewalls 89b of the gate 87. In the embodiment of the present application, the field plate 84a and the gate Whether the side wall 89b of the pole 87 contacts is not limited. At this time, due to the existence of the isolation trench 92 and the material filled in the isolation trench 92 is an oxide, that is, an insulating material, then the dielectric layer (that is, the field plate) between the field plate 84 and the active layer 82 of the current semiconductor device 80 The thickness of the dielectric layer between the gate electrode 87 and the active layer 82 (that is, the insulating layer between the gate electrode 87 and the active layer 82) will increase. The thickness will increase so that the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device 80 increases again. However, the isolation trench 92 is disposed in the doped region 822, and the isolation trench 92 is made of insulating material. When the semiconductor device 80 is turned on, the presence of the isolation trench 92 will sacrifice a certain specific on-resistance Ron,sp of the semiconductor device, so that This makes the specific on-resistance Ron,sp increase.
示例性的,参照图30所示,为了最大限度的提升半导体器件80的击穿电压BV,可以在掺杂区域822中设置隔离槽91,隔离槽91的开口朝向介电材料层83a,场板84b在有源层82上的投影与隔离槽91存在交叠;在掺杂区域822中也设置隔离槽92,隔离槽92的开口朝向介电材料层83a,场板84a在有源层82上的投影与隔离槽92存在交叠,栅极87在有源层82上的投影与隔离槽92存在交叠。也就说是,在半导体器件80中既设置隔离槽91,又设置隔离槽92时,半导体器件80的击穿电压BV将最大,但同时也会牺牲一定的半导体器件80的比导通电阻Ron,sp,以使得比导通电阻Ron,sp增大。For example, referring to FIG. 30 , in order to maximize the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device 80 , an isolation trench 91 may be provided in the doped region 822 , with the opening of the isolation trench 91 facing the dielectric material layer 83 a and the field plate. The projection of 84b on the active layer 82 overlaps with the isolation trench 91; an isolation trench 92 is also provided in the doped region 822, the opening of the isolation trench 92 faces the dielectric material layer 83a, and the field plate 84a is on the active layer 82 The projection of the gate electrode 87 on the active layer 82 overlaps with the isolation trench 92 . That is to say, when both the isolation trench 91 and the isolation trench 92 are provided in the semiconductor device 80 , the breakdown voltage BV of the semiconductor device 80 will be maximum, but at the same time, a certain specific on-resistance Ron of the semiconductor device 80 will be sacrificed. ,sp, so that the specific on-resistance Ron,sp increases.
其中,隔离槽91、隔离槽92、场板84a与栅极电连接、场板84a与源极电连接、场板84b与栅极电连接、场板84b与源极电连接等不同的半导体器件的设置方式可以互相组合,并且上述的半导体器件的设置方式对半导体器件80中的场板84a与场板84b的接触与不接触不做限定,其中,组合一种或多种不同的设置方式需要根据具体的半导体器件80的应用性能要求进行选择,本领域技术人员可以依据本申请的实施例所公开的内容任意组合,本申请意图包含上述所有的组合情况。Among them, isolation trench 91, isolation trench 92, field plate 84a is electrically connected to the gate, field plate 84a is electrically connected to the source, field plate 84b is electrically connected to the gate, field plate 84b is electrically connected to the source, and other different semiconductor devices. The arrangement modes of can be combined with each other, and the above-mentioned arrangement mode of the semiconductor device does not limit whether the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b in the semiconductor device 80 are in contact or not. Among them, combining one or more different arrangement modes requires The selection is made according to the application performance requirements of the specific semiconductor device 80. Those skilled in the art can make any combination based on the content disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. This application intends to include all the above combinations.
参照图31所示,在半导体器件80中,衬底81与有源层82之间还设置有氧化埋层90以及外延层91。其中,通常会在晶圆(wafer)的衬底上先形成氧化埋层90,在形成外延层91,氧化埋层90与外延层91的掺杂类型不同,然后在外延层91上设置有源层82。本申请的实施例对此不做限定。Referring to FIG. 31 , in the semiconductor device 80 , a buried oxide layer 90 and an epitaxial layer 91 are further provided between the substrate 81 and the active layer 82 . Among them, a buried oxide layer 90 is usually formed on a wafer substrate, and then an epitaxial layer 91 is formed. The doping types of the buried oxide layer 90 and the epitaxial layer 91 are different, and then an active layer is disposed on the epitaxial layer 91 Layer 82. The embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
参照图32所示,在制作半导体器件80时,通常会将半导体器件80与其他的半导体器件集制作与同一晶圆上,因此,在半导体器件80中,衬底81内设置有隔离槽93和隔离槽94,隔离槽93与隔离槽94的开口朝向介电材料层83a;有源层82设置于隔离槽92与隔离槽94之间。那么通过隔离槽93与隔离槽94就可以将同一晶圆上制作的半导体器件80与其他的半导体器件隔离开,以使得不同的半导体器件之间的有源层之间不会发生连接。Referring to FIG. 32 , when manufacturing the semiconductor device 80 , the semiconductor device 80 and other semiconductor devices are usually manufactured on the same wafer. Therefore, in the semiconductor device 80 , the substrate 81 is provided with isolation trenches 93 and The openings of the isolation trench 94, the isolation trench 93 and the isolation trench 94 face the dielectric material layer 83a; the active layer 82 is disposed between the isolation trench 92 and the isolation trench 94. Then, the semiconductor device 80 fabricated on the same wafer can be isolated from other semiconductor devices through the isolation trench 93 and the isolation trench 94, so that the active layers of different semiconductor devices will not be connected.
示例性的,参照图33所示,利用半导体工艺模拟以及器件模拟工具(technology computer aided design,TCAD)对仅使用一个场板的LDMOS进行仿真,其中,由于只存在一个场板c1,该场板c1与有源层之间形成较强的电场强度,并且场板c1与有源层之间的介质层较薄,参照图34所示的设置场板c1的LDMOS的电压与电流的特性曲线,其中,横坐标表示电压Vd,单位为伏(V),纵坐标表示电流Id,单位为安培(A),其中,由图34可知,只存在一个场板c1的LDMOS的击穿电压BV为31伏(V)。For example, as shown in Figure 33, a semiconductor process simulation and device simulation tool (technology computer aided design, TCAD) is used to simulate an LDMOS using only one field plate. Since there is only one field plate c1, the field plate A strong electric field intensity is formed between c1 and the active layer, and the dielectric layer between the field plate c1 and the active layer is thin. Refer to the voltage and current characteristic curve of the LDMOS with field plate c1 shown in Figure 34, Among them, the abscissa represents the voltage Vd in volts (V), and the ordinate represents the current Id in ampere (A). As shown in Figure 34, the breakdown voltage BV of LDMOS with only one field plate c1 is 31 Volt (V).
示例性的,参照图35所示,利用TCAD对使用场板84a以及场板84b的LDMOS进行仿真,其中,场板84a与有源层之间形成一个电场强度,并且场板84a与有源层之间的介质层较薄,场板84b与有源层之间形成另一个电场强度,并且场板84b与有源层之间的介质层较厚,参照图36所示的设置场板84a以及场板84b的LDMOS的电压与 电流的特性曲线,其中,横坐标表示电压Vd,单位为伏(V),纵坐标表示电流Id,单位为安培(A),其中,由图36可知,设置场板84a以及场板84b的LDMOS的击穿电压BV为42伏(V)。For example, as shown in FIG. 35 , TCAD is used to simulate an LDMOS using a field plate 84 a and a field plate 84 b , where an electric field intensity is formed between the field plate 84 a and the active layer, and an electric field intensity is formed between the field plate 84 a and the active layer. The dielectric layer between the field plate 84b and the active layer is thin, and another electric field intensity is formed between the field plate 84b and the active layer, and the dielectric layer between the field plate 84b and the active layer is thicker. Referring to the arrangement of the field plate 84a and the field plate 84a shown in FIG. 36 The voltage and current characteristic curve of the LDMOS of the field plate 84b, where the abscissa represents the voltage Vd in volts (V), the ordinate represents the current Id in amperes (A), where, as can be seen from Figure 36, the field setting The LDMOS breakdown voltage BV of plate 84a and field plate 84b is 42 volts (V).
另外,参照图37所示的电压与电流的特性曲线,其中,横坐标表示电压Vd,单位为伏(V),纵坐标表示电流Id,单位为安培(A),其中,对于使用一个场板c1的LDMOS(图33所示的LDMOS)与设置场板84a以及场板84b的LDMOS(图35所示的LDMOS)的栅极施加的电压均为5V,由图37可知,图33中仅使用一个场板c1的LDMOS与图35中设置场板84a以及场板84b的LDMOS的导通电流几乎相等,也就表示图33中使用一个场板c1的LDMOS与图35中设置场板84a以及场板84b的LDMOS的比导通电阻Ron,sp接近相等,其中,图35中设置场板84a以及场板84b的LDMOS的击穿电压BV如图36所示为42V,图33中使用一个场板c1的LDMOS的击穿电压BV如图34所示为31V,可知设置场板84a以及场板84b的LDMOS的击穿电压BV相较于使用一个场板c1的LDMOS的击穿电压BV提升了35%以上。In addition, refer to the characteristic curve of voltage and current shown in Figure 37, in which the abscissa represents the voltage Vd in volts (V), and the ordinate represents the current Id in amperes (A), where, for a field plate using The voltages applied to the gates of the LDMOS c1 (LDMOS shown in FIG. 33) and the LDMOS (LDMOS shown in FIG. 35) provided with field plates 84a and 84b are both 5V. As can be seen from FIG. 37, in FIG. 33, only The on-current of the LDMOS with one field plate c1 is almost the same as that of the LDMOS with field plate 84a and field plate 84b in Figure 35, which means that the LDMOS with one field plate c1 in Figure 33 is different from the LDMOS with field plate 84a and field plate 84 in Figure 35. The specific on-resistance Ron,sp of the LDMOS of the plate 84b is close to the same. The breakdown voltage BV of the LDMOS with the field plate 84a and the field plate 84b in FIG. 35 is 42V as shown in FIG. 36. In FIG. 33, one field plate is used. The breakdown voltage BV of the LDMOS of c1 is 31V as shown in Figure 34. It can be seen that the breakdown voltage BV of the LDMOS provided with field plates 84a and 84b is increased by 35% compared to the breakdown voltage BV of the LDMOS using one field plate c1. %above.
示例性的,参照图38所示,本申请的实施例提供了一种半导体器件的制作方法,其中该方法包括:Illustratively, with reference to FIG. 38 , embodiments of the present application provide a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, wherein the method includes:
S10、在衬底上制作有源层。S10. Make an active layer on the substrate.
示例性的,参照图39的(a)所示,通常拿到的晶圆(wafer)仅存在衬底81,可以直接在衬底81上制作有源层。或者,参照图39的(b)所示,在另一些情况下,也会在晶圆的衬底上先形成氧化埋层90,再形成外延层91,氧化埋层90与外延层91的掺杂类型不同,例如氧化埋层90的掺杂类型为N型,外延层91的掺杂类型为P型,然后在外延层91上设置有源层。For example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 39 , a generally obtained wafer only has a substrate 81 , and the active layer can be directly produced on the substrate 81 . Alternatively, as shown in (b) of FIG. 39 , in other cases, the buried oxide layer 90 is first formed on the wafer substrate, and then the epitaxial layer 91 is formed. The doping of the buried oxide layer 90 and the epitaxial layer 91 is The impurity types are different. For example, the doping type of the buried oxide layer 90 is N type, and the doping type of the epitaxial layer 91 is P type. Then, an active layer is disposed on the epitaxial layer 91 .
为了清晰可见,后续的制作工艺均使用图39中的(a)表示。For clarity, subsequent manufacturing processes are represented by (a) in Figure 39 .
示例性的,为了将同一晶圆上制作的半导体器件与其他的半导体器件隔离开,参照图40所示,通常还需要在衬底81上制作隔离槽。具体的,可以在衬底81上涂覆光刻胶,然后在光刻胶的上方通过遮光板进行光刻,形成隔离槽开窗p1以及隔离槽开窗p2,通过刻蚀(etch)工艺在隔离槽开窗p1下方形成隔离槽1的区域,在隔离槽开窗p2下方形成隔离槽2的区域,然后利用高密度等离子体(high density plus,HDP)沉积(deposition,DEP)的方式在隔离槽1的区域填充氧化物(oxide),在隔离槽2的区域填充氧化物(oxide),进而在隔离槽1的区域形成隔离槽93,在隔离槽2的区域形成隔离槽94。最后通过化学机械研磨(chemical mechanical polishing,CMP,又叫化学机械抛光)将隔离槽93、隔离槽94的开口方向处多余的氧化物去除,形成参照图40所示的隔离槽93以及隔离槽94,隔离槽93与隔离槽94之间的区域即是有源层。For example, in order to isolate semiconductor devices fabricated on the same wafer from other semiconductor devices, as shown in FIG. 40 , isolation trenches usually need to be formed on the substrate 81 . Specifically, photoresist can be coated on the substrate 81, and then photolithography is performed through a light shielding plate on top of the photoresist to form the isolation trench window p1 and the isolation trench window p2, and the isolation trench window p2 is formed through an etching process. The area of isolation trench 1 is formed below the isolation trench window p1, and the area of isolation trench 2 is formed below the isolation trench window p2. Then, high density plasma (high density plus, HDP) deposition (DEP) is used to form the area of isolation trench 2. The area of trench 1 is filled with oxide, and the area of isolation trench 2 is filled with oxide. Then, an isolation trench 93 is formed in the area of isolation trench 1, and an isolation trench 94 is formed in the area of isolation trench 2. Finally, chemical mechanical polishing (CMP, also called chemical mechanical polishing) is used to remove excess oxide in the opening direction of isolation grooves 93 and 94 to form isolation grooves 93 and isolation grooves 94 as shown in FIG. 40 , the area between the isolation trench 93 and the isolation trench 94 is the active layer.
示例性的,在半导体器件中还需要形成图30所示的隔离槽91以及隔离槽92时,也可以在制作隔离槽93和隔离槽94时同时制作隔离槽91以及隔离槽92,隔离槽91以及隔离槽92的制作步骤与隔离槽93以及隔离槽94的制作步骤类似。For example, when the isolation trench 91 and the isolation trench 92 shown in FIG. 30 need to be formed in the semiconductor device, the isolation trench 91 and the isolation trench 92 can also be made simultaneously when the isolation trench 93 and the isolation trench 94 are made. The isolation trench 91 And the manufacturing steps of the isolation trench 92 are similar to the manufacturing steps of the isolation trench 93 and the isolation trench 94 .
S11、对有源层注入掺杂物形成第一掺杂区域与第二掺杂区域。S11. Inject dopants into the active layer to form a first doped region and a second doped region.
参照图41所示,在隔离槽93与隔离槽94之间的有源层上涂覆光刻胶,然后在光刻胶的上方通过遮光板进行光刻,形成掺杂区域的开窗p3,通过离子注入(ion  implantation,IMP)向掺杂区域的开窗p3注入第一掺杂类型的掺杂物,形成掺杂区域822(也就是第二掺杂区域)。Referring to Figure 41, a photoresist is coated on the active layer between the isolation trench 93 and the isolation trench 94, and then photolithography is performed through a light shield above the photoresist to form a window p3 in the doped area. The dopant of the first doping type is injected into the window p3 of the doped region through ion implantation (IMP) to form the doped region 822 (that is, the second doped region).
参照图42所示,在隔离槽93与隔离槽94之间的有源层上涂覆光刻胶,然后在光刻胶的上方通过遮光板进行光刻,形成掺杂区域的开窗p4,通过离子注入(ion implantation,IMP)向掺杂区域的开窗p4注入第二掺杂类型的掺杂物,形成掺杂区域821(也就是第一掺杂区域)。Referring to Figure 42, a photoresist is coated on the active layer between the isolation trench 93 and the isolation trench 94, and then photolithography is performed on the photoresist through a light shield to form a window p4 in the doped area. A dopant of the second doping type is injected into the window p4 of the doped region through ion implantation (IMP) to form a doped region 821 (that is, the first doped region).
也就是说,有源层中设置有掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822,并且有掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822接触形成接触面。That is to say, the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 are provided in the active layer, and the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 are in contact to form a contact surface.
示例性的,在二极管以及DMOS管中。形成上述两个掺杂区域即可,在三极管中,则需要再进行一次离子注入形成图15所示的掺杂区域823,或者,在形成掺杂区域822时同时形成掺杂区域823,其中,掺杂区域822与掺杂区域823的掺杂类型相同,并且,掺杂区域822与掺杂区域821的掺杂类型不同,掺杂区域823以及掺杂区域822位于掺杂区域821的两侧。For example, in diodes and DMOS tubes. It is enough to form the above two doped regions. In the triode, another ion implantation is required to form the doped region 823 shown in Figure 15, or the doped region 823 is formed at the same time when the doped region 822 is formed, where, The doping region 822 and the doping region 823 have the same doping type, and the doping region 822 and the doping region 821 have different doping types. The doping region 823 and the doping region 822 are located on both sides of the doping region 821 .
其中,第一掺杂类型的掺杂物可以是N型掺杂物,进而使得掺杂区域822的掺杂类型为N型,第二类型的掺杂物可以是P型掺杂区,进而使得掺杂区域821的掺杂类型为P型。或者,第一掺杂类型的掺杂物可以是P型掺杂物,进而使得掺杂区域822的掺杂类型为P型,第二类型的掺杂物可以是N型掺杂区,进而使得掺杂区域821的掺杂类型为N型。The first doping type of dopant may be an N-type dopant, so that the doping type of the doped region 822 is N-type, and the second type of dopant may be a P-type doping region, so that The doping type of the doped region 821 is P type. Alternatively, the first doping type of dopant may be a P-type dopant, such that the doping type of the doped region 822 is P type, and the second type of dopant may be an N-type doping region, such that The doping type of the doped region 821 is N type.
示例性的,工艺上的半导体器件的制作过程往往是同时在同一个晶圆上形成很多的半导体器件的,例如,基于BCD工艺流程,在形成掺杂区域821以及掺杂区域822以后,还需要通过光刻以及离子注入形成其他不同的半导体器件的阱区。For example, the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices often involves forming many semiconductor devices on the same wafer at the same time. For example, based on the BCD process flow, after forming the doped region 821 and the doped region 822, it is also necessary to Well regions of other different semiconductor devices are formed through photolithography and ion implantation.
需要说明的是,基于BCD工艺流程,在对有源层注入掺杂物形成第一掺杂区域与第二掺杂区域之后,需要将不同的半导体器件的不同掺杂区域和半导体材料层设置完整,然后在有源层上制作至少两层介电材料层。It should be noted that based on the BCD process flow, after injecting dopants into the active layer to form the first doped region and the second doped region, it is necessary to completely set the different doped regions and semiconductor material layers of different semiconductor devices. , and then make at least two layers of dielectric material on the active layer.
以制作LDMOS为例对在对有源层注入掺杂物形成第一掺杂区域与第二掺杂区域之后,在有源层上制作至少两层介电材料层之前的工艺进行说明。Taking the production of LDMOS as an example, the process is described after injecting dopants into the active layer to form a first doped region and a second doped region, and before forming at least two dielectric material layers on the active layer.
参照图43所示,在形成有源层中的掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822以后,需要在有源层上方生长绝缘层,该绝缘层也被称为栅氧化层。具体可以是通过炉管在有源层的表面生长绝缘层88。在同时还需要制作除LDMOS以外的其他半导体器件时,此时生长的绝缘层88在每一个的半导体器件上形成的厚度相同,但是,有一些半导体器件中不需要厚的绝缘层,那么就在不需要厚绝缘层的区域通过光刻以及刻蚀工艺在将此处的绝缘层打薄。Referring to FIG. 43 , after forming the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 in the active layer, an insulating layer needs to be grown above the active layer. The insulating layer is also called a gate oxide layer. Specifically, the insulating layer 88 can be grown on the surface of the active layer through a furnace tube. When other semiconductor devices other than LDMOS need to be produced at the same time, the thickness of the insulating layer 88 grown at this time is the same on each semiconductor device. However, some semiconductor devices do not require a thick insulating layer, so in In areas where a thick insulating layer is not required, the insulating layer is thinned through photolithography and etching processes.
参照图44所示,在绝缘层88的上方通过炉管沉积(deposition,DEP)多晶硅(poly)形成栅极87,通常,形成的多晶硅与图43所示的绝缘层88一样是覆盖整个有源层,那么就需要再通过光刻以及刻蚀的工艺形成如图44所示的预定形状的栅极87以及绝缘层88,其中,栅极87与有源层通过绝缘层88绝缘,栅极87覆盖掺杂区域821与掺杂区域822的接触面。Referring to FIG. 44 , polysilicon (poly) is deposited (DEP) through a furnace tube to form a gate 87 on top of the insulating layer 88 . Usually, the polysilicon formed covers the entire active layer like the insulating layer 88 shown in FIG. 43 . layer, then it is necessary to form a gate electrode 87 and an insulating layer 88 of a predetermined shape as shown in Figure 44 through photolithography and etching processes. The gate electrode 87 and the active layer are insulated by the insulating layer 88. The gate electrode 87 The contact surface between the doped region 821 and the doped region 822 is covered.
参照图45所示,在栅极87的两侧形成侧墙结构,示例性的,通过沉积侧墙材料在有源层上形成侧墙89a以及侧墙89b,栅极87位于侧墙89a与侧墙89b之间,其中 侧墙89a与栅极87和掺杂区域821接触,侧墙89b与栅极87和掺杂区域822接触。Referring to FIG. 45 , spacer structures are formed on both sides of the gate 87 . For example, spacers 89 a and 89 b are formed on the active layer by depositing spacer materials. The gate 87 is located between the spacers 89 a and the side walls. Between the wall 89b, the spacer 89a is in contact with the gate electrode 87 and the doped region 821, and the spacer 89b is in contact with the gate electrode 87 and the doped region 822.
参照图46所示,形成掺杂区域825以及掺杂区域826,示例性的,在有源层上涂覆光刻胶,然后在光刻胶的上方通过遮光板进行光刻,形成掺杂区域的开窗p5以及掺杂区域的开窗p6,通过离子注入(ionimplantation,IMP)向掺杂区域的开窗p5以及掺杂区域的开窗p6注入第一掺杂类型的掺杂物,形成掺杂区域825以及掺杂区域825,其中,掺杂区域825以及掺杂区域826的掺杂类型与掺杂区域822的掺杂类型相同,掺杂区域825以及掺杂区域826的掺杂类型与掺杂区域821的掺杂类型相反。Referring to FIG. 46 , a doped region 825 and a doped region 826 are formed. For example, photoresist is coated on the active layer, and then photolithography is performed on the photoresist through a light shield to form the doped region. The window p5 of the doped region and the window p6 of the doped region are injected with a dopant of the first doping type into the window p5 of the doped region and the window p6 of the doped region through ion implantation (IMP), forming a doped Doping region 825 and doping region 825, wherein the doping type of doping region 825 and doping region 826 is the same as the doping type of doping region 822, and the doping type of doping region 825 and doping region 826 is the same as that of doping region 822. The doping type of the impurity region 821 is opposite.
参照图47所示,形成掺杂区域824,示例性的,在有源层上涂覆光刻胶,然后在光刻胶的上方通过遮光板进行光刻,形成掺杂区域的开窗p7,通过离子注入(ion implantation,IMP)向掺杂区域的开窗p7注入第二掺杂类型的掺杂物,形成掺杂区域824,其中,掺杂区域824的掺杂类型与掺杂区域821的掺杂类型相同,掺杂区域824的掺杂类型与掺杂区域822的掺杂类型相反。Referring to Figure 47, a doped region 824 is formed. For example, photoresist is coated on the active layer, and then photolithography is performed through a light shielding plate above the photoresist to form a window p7 in the doped region. A dopant of the second doping type is injected into the window p7 of the doping region through ion implantation (IMP) to form a doping region 824, where the doping type of the doping region 824 is the same as that of the doping region 821. The doping type is the same, and the doping type of the doped region 824 is opposite to that of the doped region 822 .
参照图48所示,形成绝缘层851以及刻蚀停止层852,示例性的,可以在掺杂区域822上方形成绝缘层851以及刻蚀停止层852,该绝缘层851可以与栅极87接触,也可以与栅极87的侧墙89b接触,本申请的实施例对此不做限定。更具体的,该步骤可以使用SAB工艺实现,SAB工艺已经普遍应用于半导体器件的制作过程中,本申请的实施例在此不赘述。Referring to Figure 48, an insulating layer 851 and an etching stop layer 852 are formed. For example, the insulating layer 851 and the etching stop layer 852 can be formed above the doped region 822. The insulating layer 851 can be in contact with the gate electrode 87, It may also be in contact with the sidewalls 89b of the gate 87, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. More specifically, this step can be implemented using the SAB process. The SAB process has been widely used in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices, and the embodiments of the present application will not be described in detail here.
至此,LDMOS的掺杂区域与基本的半导体材料层已经制作完成,当然基于BCD工艺,上述步骤中还可能包括其他的离子注入以及半导体材料层设置的过程,本申请的实施例对此不做限定。At this point, the doped region of LDMOS and the basic semiconductor material layer have been produced. Of course, based on the BCD process, the above steps may also include other ion implantation and semiconductor material layer setting processes. The embodiments of the present application are not limited to this. .
S12、在有源层上制作至少两层介电材料层,在介电材料层中制作至少两个场板。S12. Make at least two dielectric material layers on the active layer, and make at least two field plates in the dielectric material layer.
参照图49所示,制作介电材料83a,示例性的,通过化学气相沉积的方式(chemical vapor deposition,CVD)沉积氧化物形成介电材料层83a,具体的,介电材料层83a覆盖有源层、栅极87、隔离槽93以及隔离槽94,通过化学机械研磨(chemical mechanical polishing,CMP,又叫化学机械抛光)将介电材料层83a远离有源层的一侧的表面磨平,然后,在介电材料层83a上涂覆光刻胶,然后在光刻胶的上方通过遮光板进行光刻,形成过孔831b的开窗p8、过孔831c的开窗p9、过孔831a的开窗p10、场板84a的开窗p11以及过孔831d的开窗p12,通过刻蚀(etch)工艺在过孔831b的开窗p8下方形成过孔831b的区域,在过孔831c的开窗p9下方形成过孔831c的区域,在过孔831a的开窗p10下方形成过孔831a的区域,在场板84a的开窗p11下方形成场板84a的区域,在过孔831d的开窗p12下方形成过孔831d的区域。其中,刻蚀场板84a的区域刚好刻蚀到绝缘层851停止刻蚀,并且刻蚀掉一部分的刻蚀停止层852,过孔的刻蚀是直接刻蚀到与硅(可以是栅极87的多晶硅,或者有源层中的掺杂区域)接触。Referring to Figure 49, a dielectric material 83a is produced. For example, an oxide is deposited by chemical vapor deposition (CVD) to form a dielectric material layer 83a. Specifically, the dielectric material layer 83a covers the active layer, gate electrode 87, isolation trench 93 and isolation trench 94, use chemical mechanical polishing (CMP, also called chemical mechanical polishing) to smooth the surface of the side of the dielectric material layer 83a away from the active layer, and then , apply photoresist on the dielectric material layer 83a, and then perform photolithography through a light shielding plate on top of the photoresist to form the opening p8 of the via hole 831b, the opening p9 of the via hole 831c, and the opening of the via hole 831a. The window p10, the window p11 of the field plate 84a, and the window p12 of the via 831d are formed through an etching process to form the area of the via 831b below the window p8 of the via 831b, and the area of the via 831b is formed under the window p9 of the via 831c. The via hole 831c is formed below, the via hole 831a is formed below the window p10 of the via hole 831a, the field plate 84a is formed below the window p11 of the field plate 84a, and the via hole 831d is formed below the window p12. Area of hole 831d. Among them, the area of the etching field plate 84a is etched just until the insulating layer 851 stops etching, and a part of the etching stop layer 852 is etched away. The etching of the via hole is directly etched to the silicon (which can be the gate 87 of polysilicon, or doped regions in the active layer).
需要说明的是,在上述的刻蚀场板84a的区域时,往往会经过两步刻蚀,分别为主刻蚀以及过刻蚀,主刻蚀时刻蚀场板84a的区域是落在刻蚀停止层852的区域,过刻蚀时可能将刻蚀停止层852刻蚀穿以使得场板84a的区域与绝缘层851接触,也有可能没有将刻蚀停止层852刻蚀穿,以使得在场板84a的区域与绝缘层851之间还保留有部分的刻蚀停止层852。It should be noted that when etching the area of the field plate 84a as described above, two-step etching is often performed, namely main etching and over-etching. During the main etching, the area of the field plate 84a is etched within the etching process. In the area of the stop layer 852, when over-etching, the etching stop layer 852 may be etched through so that the area of the field plate 84a is in contact with the insulating layer 851, or the etching stop layer 852 may not be etched through so that the field plate 84a is in contact with the insulating layer 851. A portion of the etching stop layer 852 remains between the area 84a and the insulating layer 851.
然后利用高密度等离子体(high density plus,HDP)沉积(deposition,DEP)的方式在过孔831b的区域、过孔831c的区域、过孔831a的区域、场板84a的区域以及过孔831d的区域填充导电材料,具体可以是沉积钨(W),进而形成过孔831b、过孔831c、过孔831a、场板84a以及过孔831d。通过化学机械研磨(chemical mechanical polishing,CMP,又叫化学机械抛光)将过孔831b、过孔831c、过孔831a、场板84a以及过孔831d远离有源层的一侧的表面磨平。Then, high density plasma (HDP) is used to deposit (DEP) the area of the via hole 831b, the area of the via hole 831c, the area of the via hole 831a, the area of the field plate 84a and the area of the via hole 831d. The area is filled with conductive material, specifically, tungsten (W) may be deposited, thereby forming via holes 831b, via holes 831c, via holes 831a, field plates 84a, and via holes 831d. The surfaces of the via hole 831b, the via hole 831c, the via hole 831a, the field plate 84a, and the side of the via hole 831d away from the active layer are polished by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP, also called chemical mechanical polishing).
接着,参照图50所示,通过金属镀溅工艺(metal sput)在介电材料层83a上远离有源层的一侧沉积一层电极861,该电极861作为半导体器件的第一电极层。Next, as shown in FIG. 50 , a layer of electrode 861 is deposited on the side of the dielectric material layer 83a away from the active layer through a metal sputtering process. The electrode 861 serves as the first electrode layer of the semiconductor device.
然后参照图51所示,在电极861上沉积刻蚀停止层863以及抗反射涂层864。示例性的,先在电极861上远离介电材料层83a的一侧沉积氮化物,具体可以沉积氮化硅(SiN),形成刻蚀停止层863。然后在刻蚀停止层863上远离介电材料层83a的一侧沉积氮氧化物,具体可以沉积氮氧化硅(SiON),形成抗反射涂层864。Then, as shown in FIG. 51 , an etching stop layer 863 and an anti-reflective coating 864 are deposited on the electrode 861 . For example, nitride, specifically silicon nitride (SiN), can be deposited on the side of the electrode 861 away from the dielectric material layer 83a to form the etching stop layer 863. Then, an oxynitride, specifically silicon oxynitride (SiON), can be deposited on the side of the etching stop layer 863 away from the dielectric material layer 83a to form an anti-reflective coating 864.
需要说明的是,光刻胶与抗反射涂层的功能相同,都是实现遮挡一部分的半导体材料层,露出另一部分的半导体材料层,进而实现在露出的这一部分半导体材料层中实现后续制作步骤。在一些实施例中,光刻胶与抗反射涂层使用同样的材料,在另一些实施例中,光刻胶与抗反射涂层使用不同的材料,本申请的实施例对此不做限定。It should be noted that the functions of photoresist and anti-reflective coating are the same. They both block a part of the semiconductor material layer and expose another part of the semiconductor material layer, thereby realizing subsequent manufacturing steps in the exposed part of the semiconductor material layer. . In some embodiments, the photoresist and the anti-reflective coating use the same material. In other embodiments, the photoresist and the anti-reflective coating use different materials. This is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
然后参照图52所示,在抗反射涂层864上进行光刻,形成开窗,刻蚀掉开窗下方的抗反射涂层864、刻蚀停止层863以及电极861,形成电极861c,电极861c上的刻蚀停止层863c以及刻蚀停止层863c上的抗反射涂层864c;电极861b,电极861b上的刻蚀停止层863b以及刻蚀停止层863b上的抗反射涂层864b;电极861a,电极861a上的刻蚀停止层863a以及刻蚀停止层863a上的抗反射涂层864a;电极861d,电极861d上的刻蚀停止层863d以及刻蚀停止层863d上的抗反射涂层864d。其中,电极861c通过过孔831b与掺杂区域824连接,电极861c通过过孔831c与掺杂区域825连接,电极861b通过过孔831a与栅极87连接,电极861a与场板84a接触,电极861d通过过孔831d与掺杂区域826连接。Then, as shown in Figure 52, photolithography is performed on the anti-reflective coating 864 to form a window, and the anti-reflective coating 864, etching stop layer 863 and electrode 861 under the window are etched away to form an electrode 861c. The etch stop layer 863c on the etch stop layer 863c and the anti-reflective coating 864c on the etch stop layer 863c; the electrode 861b, the etch stop layer 863b on the electrode 861b and the anti-reflective coating 864b on the etch stop layer 863b; the electrode 861a, The etch stop layer 863a on the electrode 861a and the anti-reflective coating 864a on the etch stop layer 863a; the electrode 861d, the etch stop layer 863d on the electrode 861d and the anti-reflective coating 864d on the etch stop layer 863d. Among them, the electrode 861c is connected to the doped region 824 through the via hole 831b, the electrode 861c is connected to the doped region 825 through the via hole 831c, the electrode 861b is connected to the gate electrode 87 through the via hole 831a, the electrode 861a is in contact with the field plate 84a, and the electrode 861d It is connected to the doped region 826 through the via hole 831d.
参照图53所示,制作介电材料83b,示例性的,通过化学气相沉积的方式(chemical vapor deposition,CVD)沉积氧化物形成介电材料层83b,具体的,介电材料层83b覆盖抗反射涂层以及介电材料层83a,通过化学机械研磨(chemical mechanical polishing,CMP,又叫化学机械抛光)将介电材料层83b远离介电材料层83a的一侧的表面磨平,然后,在介电材料层83b上远离介电材料层83a的一侧设置抗反射涂层865。Referring to Figure 53, a dielectric material 83b is produced. For example, an oxide is deposited by chemical vapor deposition (CVD) to form a dielectric material layer 83b. Specifically, the dielectric material layer 83b covers anti-reflection The coating and dielectric material layer 83a are polished by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP, also called chemical mechanical polishing) on the surface of the side of the dielectric material layer 83b away from the dielectric material layer 83a. An anti-reflective coating 865 is provided on the side of the electrical material layer 83b away from the dielectric material layer 83a.
参照图54所示,在抗反射涂层865上进行光刻,形成开窗p13、开窗p14、开窗p15、开窗p16以及开窗p17。Referring to FIG. 54 , photolithography is performed on the anti-reflective coating 865 to form the windows p13 , p14 , p15 , p16 and p17 .
参照图55所示,通过刻蚀(etch)工艺在将开窗p13、开窗p14、开窗p15、开窗p16以及开窗p17下方的介电材料层84b(氧化物)以及抗反射涂层864(氮氧化物)(也就是抗反射涂层864c、抗反射涂层864b、抗反射涂层864a、抗反射涂层864d),也就是说,刻蚀到刻蚀停止层863(也就是刻蚀停止层863c、刻蚀停止层863b、刻蚀停止层863a、刻蚀停止层863d)停止此次刻蚀。需要说明的是,该步刻蚀可以被称为主刻蚀,刻蚀停止层863为主刻蚀的刻蚀停止层。Referring to FIG. 55 , the dielectric material layer 84b (oxide) and the anti-reflective coating under the windows p13, p14, p15, p16 and p17 are removed through an etching process. 864 (oxynitride) (that is, anti-reflective coating 864c, anti-reflective coating 864b, anti-reflective coating 864a, anti-reflective coating 864d), that is, etching to the etching stop layer 863 (that is, etching The etching stop layer 863c, the etching stop layer 863b, the etching stop layer 863a, and the etching stop layer 863d) stop this etching. It should be noted that this etching step may be called main etching, and the etching stop layer 863 is the etching stop layer for the main etching.
参照图56所示,调整刻蚀所用的气体,对氧化物进行刻蚀。参照图56所示,在图55所示的刻蚀以后的基础上,再进行刻蚀,并且只刻蚀氧化物,由于只有开窗p16下方存在氧化物,因此,此时开窗p16下方的氧化物会向下刻蚀至介电材料层83a,但需要控制刻蚀的时间,不能刻蚀到掺杂区域822,并且需要和掺杂区域822保持预定距离。在此次刻蚀中,开窗p13、开窗p14、开窗p15以及开窗p17下方的刻蚀停止层863(也就是刻蚀停止层863c、刻蚀停止层863b、刻蚀停止层863a、刻蚀停止层863d)的厚度几乎没有变化或者被刻蚀掉很少。Referring to Figure 56, adjust the gas used for etching to etch the oxide. Referring to Figure 56, on the basis of the etching shown in Figure 55, etching is performed again, and only the oxide is etched. Since there is only oxide below the window p16, therefore, at this time, the oxide below the window p16 The oxide will be etched down to the dielectric material layer 83a, but the etching time needs to be controlled, it cannot be etched to the doped region 822, and it needs to maintain a predetermined distance from the doped region 822. In this etching, the etching stop layer 863 (that is, the etching stop layer 863c, the etching stop layer 863b, the etching stop layer 863a, the etching stop layer 863a, the etching stop layer 863 under the window p13, the window p14, the window p15, and the window p17 The thickness of the etch stop layer 863d) has little change or is etched away little.
参照图57所示,调整刻蚀所用的气体,对氮化物进行刻蚀。参照图57所示,在图56所示的刻蚀以后的基础上,再进行刻蚀,并且只刻蚀氮化物,由于开窗p13、开窗p14、开窗p15以及开窗p17下方的刻蚀停止层863是氮化物,因此,此时开窗p13、开窗p14、开窗p15以及开窗p17下方的刻蚀停止层863(也就是刻蚀停止层863c、刻蚀停止层863b、刻蚀停止层863a、刻蚀停止层863d)会向下刻蚀至电极861(也就是电极861c、电极861b、电极861a、电极861d),开窗p16下方的介电材料层83a(氧化物)的厚度几乎没有变化或者被刻蚀掉很少。Referring to Figure 57, the gas used for etching is adjusted to etch the nitride. Referring to Figure 57, etching is performed on the basis of the etching shown in Figure 56, and only the nitride is etched. Due to the etching under the window p13, the window p14, the window p15 and the window p17 The etching stop layer 863 is a nitride. Therefore, at this time, the etching stop layer 863 (that is, the etching stop layer 863c, the etching stop layer 863b, the etching stop layer 863b, the etching stop layer 863 under the window p13, the window p14, the window p15, and the window p17 The etching stop layer 863a, the etching stop layer 863d) will be etched downward to the electrode 861 (that is, the electrode 861c, the electrode 861b, the electrode 861a, the electrode 861d), and the dielectric material layer 83a (oxide) under the window p16 There is little change in thickness or little is etched away.
参照图58所示,调整刻蚀所用的气体,在图57所示的刻蚀以后的基础上,再进行刻蚀,在此次刻蚀中,将开窗p13、开窗p14、开窗p15、开窗p16以及开窗p17下方的电极861(也就是电极861c、电极861b、电极861a、电极861d)进行刻蚀,使得开窗p16下方刻蚀到与电极861a完全接触,此时,并且开窗p13下方的电极861c、开窗p14下方的电极861b、开窗p15下方的电极861a、开窗p17下方的电极861d也会被刻蚀掉一部分,需要说明的是,该步刻蚀可以被称为过刻蚀,。Referring to Figure 58, adjust the gas used for etching, and then etching based on the etching shown in Figure 57. In this etching, open the window p13, the window p14, and the window p15. , the electrode 861 (that is, the electrode 861c, the electrode 861b, the electrode 861a, and the electrode 861d) under the window p16 and the window p17 is etched so that the bottom of the window p16 is etched until it is in complete contact with the electrode 861a. At this time, and the electrode 861 is opened. The electrode 861c below the window p13, the electrode 861b below the window p14, the electrode 861a below the window p15, and the electrode 861d below the window p17 will also be partially etched away. It should be noted that this step of etching can be called For over etching,.
理想状态下,电极861是氮化钛、钛以及铝形成的三明治结构(Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti),因此,上述图58所示的刻蚀保证氮化钛、钛以及铝形成的三明治结构(Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti)不刻蚀到铝,最好是仅仅刻蚀掉部分的氮化钛或钛。Ideally, the electrode 861 is a sandwich structure (Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti) formed by titanium nitride, titanium, and aluminum. Therefore, the etching shown in Figure 58 above ensures that titanium nitride, titanium, and aluminum are formed. The sandwich structure (Ti-TiN-Al-TiN-Ti) does not etch aluminum, and it is best to only etch away part of titanium nitride or titanium.
随后,参照图59所示,在图58刻蚀出的范围内,利用高密度等离子体(high densityplus,HDP)沉积(deposition,DEP)的方式在填充导电材料,具体可以是沉积钨(W),进而形成过孔832b、过孔832a、过孔832c、场板84b以及过孔832d,通过化学机械研磨(chemical mechanical polishing,CMP,又叫化学机械抛光)将过孔832b、过孔832a、过孔832d、场板84b以及过孔832c远离介电材料层83a的一侧的表面磨平。Subsequently, as shown in Figure 59, within the range etched in Figure 58, conductive material is filled using high density plasma (HDP) deposition (DEP). Specifically, tungsten (W) can be deposited , and then form the via hole 832b, the via hole 832a, the via hole 832c, the field plate 84b and the via hole 832d, and polish the via hole 832b, the via hole 832a, and the via hole 832d through chemical mechanical polishing (CMP, also called chemical mechanical polishing). The surfaces of the hole 832d, the field plate 84b and the via hole 832c on the side away from the dielectric material layer 83a are smoothed.
参照图60所示,在图59的基础上再次通过金属镀溅工艺(metal sput)在介电材料层83b的刻蚀区域上沉积一层电极862,该电极862作为半导体器件的第二电极层。参照图60所示,最终形成电极861c通过过孔832b与电极862c连接,电极861b通过过孔832a与电极862b连接,电极862e通过过孔832d与电极862a连接,场板84b与电极832a接触,电极861d通过过孔832c与电极862d连接。Referring to Figure 60, based on Figure 59, a layer of electrode 862 is deposited on the etched area of the dielectric material layer 83b again through a metal sputtering process (metal sputtering). This electrode 862 serves as the second electrode layer of the semiconductor device. . Referring to Figure 60, the electrode 861c is finally connected to the electrode 862c through the via hole 832b, the electrode 861b is connected to the electrode 862b through the via hole 832a, the electrode 862e is connected to the electrode 862a through the via hole 832d, the field plate 84b is in contact with the electrode 832a, and the electrode 861c is finally formed. 861d is connected to the electrode 862d through the via hole 832c.
示例性的,在图60所示的半导体器件中,当场板84b与场板84a相连接时,电极862e与过孔832b也可以不设置,本申请的实施例对此不做限定。For example, in the semiconductor device shown in FIG. 60, when the field plate 84b is connected to the field plate 84a, the electrode 862e and the via hole 832b may not be provided, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
示例性的,上述制作步骤不存在严格的先后顺序,只要能制作处如图12至图32所示的半导体器件,可以任意调整上述制作步骤,增加或删减某些步骤。例如可以先制作栅极再制作掺杂区域821,本申请的实施例对步骤的顺序不做限定。并且,上述 步骤所制作的内容可以更多或更少,本申请的实施例对此不做限定,例如可以一次制作更多的过孔等。Illustratively, there is no strict sequence of the above-mentioned manufacturing steps. As long as the semiconductor device shown in FIG. 12 to FIG. 32 can be produced, the above-mentioned manufacturing steps can be adjusted arbitrarily, and certain steps can be added or deleted. For example, the gate electrode may be formed first and then the doped region 821 may be formed. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the order of the steps. Moreover, the content produced in the above steps can be more or less, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this. For example, more via holes can be produced at one time.
其中,按照图38所示的半导体器件的制造方式,由于在半导体器件中,场板贯穿介电材料层,而介电材料层上是需要设置过孔连接介电材料层两侧的金属电极或者金属电极和半导体材料层,那么在场板贯穿介电材料时,可以在制作导孔的同时制作半导体器件中的场板,以使得制造出的半导体器件中的场板不再需要额外的光刻以及刻蚀步骤,进而节省了在半导体器件中设置场板的成本。Among them, according to the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device shown in Figure 38, since in the semiconductor device, the field plate penetrates the dielectric material layer, and the dielectric material layer needs to be provided with via holes to connect the metal electrodes on both sides of the dielectric material layer or Metal electrodes and semiconductor material layers, then when the field plate penetrates the dielectric material, the field plate in the semiconductor device can be made while making the via hole, so that the field plate in the manufactured semiconductor device does not require additional photolithography and etching step, thereby saving the cost of providing field plates in semiconductor devices.
示例性的,在制作出电极862(也就是电极862a、电极862b、电极862c、电极862d、电极862e)以后,可以将上述的抗反射涂层865洗掉,本申请的实施例对此不做限定。上述的光刻胶和/或抗反射涂层864等也可以在使用完后进行清洗,本申请的实施例对此不做限定。For example, after the electrodes 862 (that is, the electrodes 862a, 862b, 862c, 862d, and 862e) are produced, the above-mentioned anti-reflective coating 865 can be washed away. This is not done in the embodiment of the present application. limited. The above-mentioned photoresist and/or anti-reflective coating 864 can also be cleaned after use, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Although the present application has been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it will be apparent that various modifications and combinations may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Accordingly, the specification and drawings are intended to be merely illustrative of the application as defined by the appended claims and are to be construed to cover any and all modifications, variations, combinations or equivalents within the scope of the application. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and equivalent technologies, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (27)

  1. 一种半导体器件,其特征在于,包括:A semiconductor device, characterized by including:
    衬底;substrate;
    设置于所述衬底上的有源层;所述有源层包括第一掺杂区域以及与所述第一掺杂区域接触的第二掺杂区域,所述第一掺杂区域与所述第二掺杂区域的掺杂类型不同;An active layer provided on the substrate; the active layer includes a first doped region and a second doped region in contact with the first doped region, the first doped region and the The doping type of the second doped region is different;
    设置于所述有源层上的至少两层介电材料层;At least two layers of dielectric material disposed on the active layer;
    以及设置于所述介电材料层中的至少两个场板,所述场板贯穿一层或多层所述介电材料层,并且所述场板在所述有源层上的投影与所述第二掺杂区域存在交叠,所述场板靠近所述有源层的一端与所述有源层绝缘。and at least two field plates disposed in the dielectric material layer, the field plates penetrating one or more layers of the dielectric material layer, and the projection of the field plate on the active layer is consistent with the The second doped regions overlap, and one end of the field plate close to the active layer is insulated from the active layer.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to claim 1, characterized in that
    所述至少两层介电材料层包括第一介电材料层与第二介电材料层;The at least two dielectric material layers include a first dielectric material layer and a second dielectric material layer;
    所述第一介电材料层设置于所述有源层上远离所述衬底的一侧;The first dielectric material layer is disposed on a side of the active layer away from the substrate;
    所述第二介电材料层设置于所述第一介电材料层上远离所述衬底的一侧;The second dielectric material layer is disposed on a side of the first dielectric material layer away from the substrate;
    所述至少两个场板包括第一场板以及第二场板;The at least two field plates include a first field plate and a second field plate;
    所述第一场板贯穿所述第一介电材料层,所述第一场板与所述第二介电材料层之间设置有第一电极;The first field plate penetrates the first dielectric material layer, and a first electrode is provided between the first field plate and the second dielectric material layer;
    所述第二场板贯穿所述第一介电材料层以及所述第二介电材料层,所述第二场板远离所述有源层的表面上设置有第二电极。The second field plate penetrates the first dielectric material layer and the second dielectric material layer, and a second electrode is disposed on a surface of the second field plate away from the active layer.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,所述第一介电材料层与所述第二介电材料层之间还设置有第三电极,所述第一电极与所述第三电极位于所述第二场板的两侧。The semiconductor device according to claim 2, characterized in that a third electrode is further disposed between the first dielectric material layer and the second dielectric material layer, and the first electrode and the third Electrodes are located on both sides of the second field plate.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,所述第一场板与所述第二场板接触或不接触。The semiconductor device according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the first field plate is in contact or not in contact with the second field plate.
  5. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,还包括:设置于所述有源层上的栅极,所述栅极与所述有源层绝缘;The semiconductor device according to any one of claims 2 to 4, further comprising: a gate electrode disposed on the active layer, the gate electrode being insulated from the active layer;
    所述栅极覆盖所述第一掺杂区域与所述第二掺杂区域的接触面;The gate electrode covers the contact surface between the first doped region and the second doped region;
    所述第一介电材料层上设置有第一过孔,所述第一介电材料层与所述第二介电材料层之间设置有第四电极,所述第四电极通过所述第一过孔与所述栅极连接。A first via hole is provided on the first dielectric material layer, a fourth electrode is provided between the first dielectric material layer and the second dielectric material layer, and the fourth electrode passes through the first dielectric material layer. A via hole is connected to the gate.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to claim 5, characterized in that
    所述第二介电材料层上设置有第二过孔,所述第二介电材料层上远离所述第一介电材料层的表面上设置有第五电极,所述第四电极通过所述第二过孔与所述第五电极连接。A second via hole is provided on the second dielectric material layer, a fifth electrode is provided on a surface of the second dielectric material layer away from the first dielectric material layer, and the fourth electrode passes through the The second via hole is connected to the fifth electrode.
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to claim 5, characterized in that
    所述第四电极与所述第一电极电连接。The fourth electrode is electrically connected to the first electrode.
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to claim 6, characterized in that
    所述第五电极与所述第二电极电连接。The fifth electrode is electrically connected to the second electrode.
  9. 根据权利要求2-8任一项所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to any one of claims 2 to 8, characterized in that:
    所述第一掺杂区域中还包括第三掺杂区域以及与所述第三掺杂区域接触的第四掺杂区域,所述第三掺杂区域与所述第一掺杂区域的掺杂类型相同,所述第四掺杂区域 与所述第一掺杂区域的掺杂类型不同,所述第四掺杂区域靠近所述第二掺杂区域并且不与所述第二掺杂区域接触;The first doped region also includes a third doped region and a fourth doped region in contact with the third doped region. The doping of the third doped region and the first doped region The fourth doped region is of the same type as the first doped region. The fourth doped region is close to the second doped region and is not in contact with the second doped region. ;
    所述第一介电材料层上还设置有第三过孔以及第四过孔,所述第一介电材料层与所述第二介电材料层之间还设置有第六电极,所述第六电极通过所述第三过孔与所述第三掺杂区域连接,所述第六电极通过所述第四过孔与所述第四掺杂区域连接;A third via hole and a fourth via hole are also provided on the first dielectric material layer, and a sixth electrode is provided between the first dielectric material layer and the second dielectric material layer. The sixth electrode is connected to the third doped region through the third via hole, and the sixth electrode is connected to the fourth doped region through the fourth via hole;
    所述第二介电材料层上还设置有第五过孔,所述第二介电材料层远离所述第一介电材料层的表面上设置有第七电极,所述第六电极通过所述第五过孔与所述第七电极连接。A fifth via hole is also provided on the second dielectric material layer. A seventh electrode is provided on a surface of the second dielectric material layer away from the first dielectric material layer. The sixth electrode passes through the first dielectric material layer. The fifth via hole is connected to the seventh electrode.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to claim 9, characterized in that
    所述第六电极与所述第一电极电连接,和/或,所述第七电极与所述第二电极电连接。The sixth electrode is electrically connected to the first electrode, and/or the seventh electrode is electrically connected to the second electrode.
  11. 根据权利要求2-10任一项所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to any one of claims 2-10, characterized in that:
    所述第二掺杂区域中还包括第五掺杂区域,所述第五掺杂区域与所述第二掺杂区域的掺杂类型相同,并且所述第五掺杂区域不与所述第一掺杂区域接触;The second doped region also includes a fifth doped region, the fifth doped region has the same doping type as the second doped region, and the fifth doped region is not the same as the third doped region. a doped area contact;
    所述第一介电材料层上设置有第六过孔,所述第一介电材料层与所述第二介电材料层之间还设置有第八电极,所述第八电极通过所述第六过孔与所述第五掺杂区域连接;A sixth via hole is provided on the first dielectric material layer, and an eighth electrode is provided between the first dielectric material layer and the second dielectric material layer. The eighth electrode passes through the The sixth via hole is connected to the fifth doped region;
    所述第二介电材料层上还设置有第七过孔,所述第二介电材料层远离所述第一介电材料层的表面上设置有第九电极,所述第八电极通过所述第七过孔与所述第九电极连接。A seventh via hole is also provided on the second dielectric material layer. A ninth electrode is provided on a surface of the second dielectric material layer away from the first dielectric material layer. The eighth electrode passes through the first dielectric material layer. The seventh via hole is connected to the ninth electrode.
  12. 根据权利要求2-11任一项所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to any one of claims 2-11, characterized in that:
    所述第二掺杂区域中还包括第一隔离槽,所述第一隔离槽的开口朝向所述第一介电材料层,所述第二场板在所述有源层上的投影与所述第一隔离槽存在交叠。The second doped region also includes a first isolation trench, the opening of the first isolation trench faces the first dielectric material layer, and the projection of the second field plate on the active layer is consistent with the The first isolation grooves overlap.
  13. 根据权利要求5-12任一项所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to any one of claims 5-12, characterized in that:
    所述第二掺杂区域中还包括第二隔离槽,所述第二隔离槽的开口朝向所述第一介电材料层,所述第一场板在所述有源层上的投影与所述第二隔离槽存在交叠,所述栅极在所述有源层上的投影与所述第二隔离槽存在交叠。The second doped region also includes a second isolation trench, the opening of the second isolation trench faces the first dielectric material layer, and the projection of the first field plate on the active layer is consistent with the The second isolation trench overlaps, and the projection of the gate on the active layer overlaps with the second isolation trench.
  14. 根据权利要求2-13任一项所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,所述第一场板与所述栅极之间绝缘。The semiconductor device according to any one of claims 2 to 13, wherein the first field plate is insulated from the gate electrode.
  15. 根据权利要求2-14任一项所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to any one of claims 2-14, characterized in that:
    所述第一电极与所述第二介电材料层之间还设置有第一刻蚀停止层与抗反射涂层。A first etching stop layer and an anti-reflective coating are also disposed between the first electrode and the second dielectric material layer.
  16. 根据权利要求2-15任一项所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to any one of claims 2-15, characterized in that:
    所述第一场板靠近所述有源层的一侧还设置有第二刻蚀停止层以及绝缘层。A second etching stop layer and an insulating layer are also provided on a side of the first field plate close to the active layer.
  17. 根据权利要求5所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,所述有源层上还设置有第一侧墙和第二侧墙,所述栅极位于所述第一侧墙与所述第二侧墙之间,其中所述第一侧墙与所述栅极和所述第一掺杂区域接触,所述第二侧墙与所述栅极和所述第二掺杂区域接触。The semiconductor device according to claim 5, wherein a first spacer and a second spacer are further provided on the active layer, and the gate is located between the first spacer and the second sidewall. Between the walls, the first spacer is in contact with the gate electrode and the first doped region, and the second spacer is in contact with the gate electrode and the second doped region.
  18. 根据权利要求2-17任一项所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to any one of claims 2-17, characterized in that:
    所述第一电极的材料包括以下一种或多种:氮化钛、钛、铝。The material of the first electrode includes one or more of the following: titanium nitride, titanium, and aluminum.
  19. 根据权利要求1-18任一项所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to any one of claims 1-18, characterized in that:
    所述第一掺杂区域的掺杂类型为P型,所述第二掺杂区域的掺杂类型为N型;The doping type of the first doped region is P type, and the doping type of the second doped region is N type;
    或者,所述第一掺杂区域的掺杂类型为N型,所述第二掺杂区域的掺杂类型为P型。Alternatively, the doping type of the first doped region is N-type, and the doping type of the second doped region is P-type.
  20. 根据权利要求1-19任一项所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to any one of claims 1-19, characterized in that:
    所述场板的材料包括钨。The field plate material includes tungsten.
  21. 根据权利要求1-20任一项所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to any one of claims 1-20, characterized in that:
    所述介电材料层的材料包括氧化物。The material of the dielectric material layer includes oxide.
  22. 根据权利要求1-21任一项所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to any one of claims 1-21, characterized in that:
    所述衬底内设置有第三隔离槽和第四隔离槽,所述第三隔离槽与所述第四隔离槽的开口朝向所述第一介电材料层;所述有源层设置于所述第一隔离槽与所述第二隔离槽之间。A third isolation trench and a fourth isolation trench are provided in the substrate, with openings of the third isolation trench and the fourth isolation trench facing the first dielectric material layer; the active layer is disposed on the between the first isolation groove and the second isolation groove.
  23. 根据权利要求1-22任一项所述的半导体器件,其特征在于,The semiconductor device according to any one of claims 1-22, characterized in that:
    所述衬底上与所述有源层之间还设置有氧化埋层以及外延层。A buried oxide layer and an epitaxial layer are also provided on the substrate and between the active layer.
  24. 一种半导体器件,其特征在于,包括:A semiconductor device, characterized by including:
    衬底;substrate;
    设置于所述衬底上的有源层;所述有源层包括第一掺杂区域以及与所述第一掺杂区域接触的第二掺杂区域,所述第一掺杂区域与所述第二掺杂区域的掺杂类型不同;An active layer provided on the substrate; the active layer includes a first doped region and a second doped region in contact with the first doped region, the first doped region and the The doping type of the second doped region is different;
    设置于所述有源层上的至少两层介电材料层;At least two layers of dielectric material disposed on the active layer;
    以及设置于所述至少两层介电材料层中的第三场板,所述第三场板贯穿所述至少两层介电材料层,并且所述第三场板在所述有源层上的投影与所述第二掺杂区域存在交叠,所述第三场板靠近所述有源层的一端与所述有源层绝缘。and a third field plate disposed in the at least two dielectric material layers, the third field plate penetrates the at least two dielectric material layers, and the third field plate is on the active layer The projection overlaps with the second doped region, and one end of the third field plate close to the active layer is insulated from the active layer.
  25. 一种集成电路,其特征在于,包括封装结构以及如权利要求1-24任一项所述的半导体器件,所述半导体器件封装于所述封装结构内部。An integrated circuit, characterized in that it includes a packaging structure and the semiconductor device according to any one of claims 1 to 24, and the semiconductor device is packaged inside the packaging structure.
  26. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括印刷电路板以及如权利要求25所述的集成电路,所述集成电路与所述印刷电路板连接。An electronic device, characterized by comprising a printed circuit board and the integrated circuit according to claim 25, the integrated circuit being connected to the printed circuit board.
  27. 一种半导体器件的制造方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, characterized by including:
    在衬底上制作有源层;Producing an active layer on the substrate;
    对所述有源层注入掺杂物形成第一掺杂区域与第二掺杂区域,所述第一掺杂区域与所述第二掺杂区域接触,所述第一掺杂区域与所述第二掺杂区域的掺杂类型不同;Dopants are injected into the active layer to form a first doped region and a second doped region. The first doped region is in contact with the second doped region. The first doped region is in contact with the second doped region. The doping type of the second doped region is different;
    在所述有源层上制作至少两层介电材料层;producing at least two layers of dielectric material on the active layer;
    在所述介电材料层中制作至少两个场板,所述场板贯穿一层或多层所述介电材料层,并且所述场板在所述有源层上的投影与所述第二掺杂区域存在交叠,所述场板靠近所述有源层的一端与所述有源层绝缘。At least two field plates are made in the dielectric material layer, the field plates penetrate one or more layers of the dielectric material layer, and the projection of the field plate on the active layer is consistent with the third The two doped regions overlap, and one end of the field plate close to the active layer is insulated from the active layer.
PCT/CN2022/092313 2022-05-11 2022-05-11 Semiconductor device, integrated circuit and electronic device WO2023216163A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/092313 WO2023216163A1 (en) 2022-05-11 2022-05-11 Semiconductor device, integrated circuit and electronic device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/092313 WO2023216163A1 (en) 2022-05-11 2022-05-11 Semiconductor device, integrated circuit and electronic device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023216163A1 true WO2023216163A1 (en) 2023-11-16

Family

ID=88729385

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/092313 WO2023216163A1 (en) 2022-05-11 2022-05-11 Semiconductor device, integrated circuit and electronic device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023216163A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100203665A1 (en) * 2009-02-09 2010-08-12 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Methods of manufacturing an image sensor having an air gap
US20180331191A1 (en) * 2015-12-23 2018-11-15 Intel Corporation Multiple stacked field-plated gan transistor and interlayer dielectrics to improve breakdown voltage and reduce parasitic capacitances
CN111987148A (en) * 2019-05-21 2020-11-24 台湾积体电路制造股份有限公司 Integrated chip, high-voltage device and method for forming high-voltage transistor device
CN112216738A (en) * 2019-07-09 2021-01-12 台湾积体电路制造股份有限公司 Integrated chip and forming method thereof
CN112397591A (en) * 2020-11-11 2021-02-23 武汉新芯集成电路制造有限公司 Semiconductor device comprising LDMOS transistor and manufacturing method

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100203665A1 (en) * 2009-02-09 2010-08-12 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Methods of manufacturing an image sensor having an air gap
US20180331191A1 (en) * 2015-12-23 2018-11-15 Intel Corporation Multiple stacked field-plated gan transistor and interlayer dielectrics to improve breakdown voltage and reduce parasitic capacitances
CN111987148A (en) * 2019-05-21 2020-11-24 台湾积体电路制造股份有限公司 Integrated chip, high-voltage device and method for forming high-voltage transistor device
CN112216738A (en) * 2019-07-09 2021-01-12 台湾积体电路制造股份有限公司 Integrated chip and forming method thereof
CN112397591A (en) * 2020-11-11 2021-02-23 武汉新芯集成电路制造有限公司 Semiconductor device comprising LDMOS transistor and manufacturing method

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9806113B2 (en) CMOS image sensors including vertical transistor
CN101276815B (en) Semiconductor device
US8610205B2 (en) Inter-poly dielectric in a shielded gate MOSFET device
TWI361490B (en) A semiconductor device and a method of manufacturing the same
US9472622B2 (en) Semiconductor device and method for fabricating the same
US20200411559A1 (en) Array substrate, display panel and display device
CN104143569A (en) Semiconductor device, antenna switch circuit, and radio communication apparatus
WO2023280236A1 (en) Matching circuit, radio frequency front-end circuit, wireless transceiving apparatus, and electronic device
KR20160055380A (en) High-voltage integrated device and method of fabricating the same
WO2023216163A1 (en) Semiconductor device, integrated circuit and electronic device
WO2023070634A1 (en) Transistor, integrated circuit, and electronic device
TW201541603A (en) Electrostatic discharge protection device
JP2006278832A (en) Semiconductor device and electronic apparatus
CN110729190B (en) Semiconductor device, manufacturing method thereof and electronic device
WO2023010583A1 (en) Integrated circuit, power amplification circuit and electronic device
WO2023178683A1 (en) High electron mobility transistor, doherty power amplifier and electronic device
WO2023159578A1 (en) Semiconductor structure and operating method thereof, power amplification circuit, and electronic device
WO2023039768A1 (en) Semiconductor device and preparation method therefor, and power amplification circuit and electronic device
WO2014061987A1 (en) Mobile terminal capable of receiving wireless power, display portion included therein, and method for manufacturing wireless power receiving portion
WO2022141442A1 (en) Integrated circuit, power amplifier and electronic device
KR20010083031A (en) Semiconductor device having a lateral bipolar transistor and method of manufacturing same
US9543349B2 (en) CMOS image sensors having a transfer gate electrode, and methods of fabricating CMOS image sensors having a transfer gate electrode
CN117941074A (en) Semiconductor device, manufacturing method thereof, power amplifying circuit and electronic equipment
CN107665898B (en) CMOS image sensor, preparation method thereof and electronic device
US9349748B2 (en) Method for forming deep trench isolation for RF devices on SOI

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22941121

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1